0>>>>130-03-98 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादामधुबन30-03-98 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpadādāmadhuban30-03-98 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] x30-03-98 Om peace avyakt x
0> > 30-03-1998 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban
2सर्व प्राप्तियों की स्मृति इमर्ज कर अचल स्थिति का अनुभव करो और जीवन्मुक्त बनोsarv prāptiyō̃ kī|key smr̥iti emerge kar achal sthiti kā anubhav karō aur jīvanmukt banōsarv[adj.] prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] emerge karnā[root] achal sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur jīvanmukt[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]all attainment (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) awareness emerge do[root] unshakeable stage of experience do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and x become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]
1Emerge the awareness of all attainments, emerge and experience your unshakeable stage and thereby become liberated in life.
3आज भाग्य विधाता बाप अपने विश्व में सर्व श्रेष्ठ भाग्यवान बच्चों को देख रहे हैं . āj bhāgya vidhātā bāp apnē viśhva mē̃ sarv śhrēṣhṭh bhāgyavān bachchō̃ kō dēkh rahē haĩ . āj bhāgya vidhātā[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sarv[adj.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgyavān[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today Bestower of Fortune father one’s own world in all elevated fortunate child to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
2Today, Baba, the Bestower of Fortune, is seeing His most elevated fortunate children.
4हर बच्चे के भाग्य की महिमा स्वयं भगवान गा रहे हैं . har|her bachchē kē|K bhāgya kī|key mahimā svayã bhagvān gā rahē haĩ . harnā[root]|har|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mahimā[n.f.;sg.] svayã bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . (x[root]|x) child (of|K) x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) praise x God sing[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
3God Himself is singing praise of the fortune of each child.
5बाप की महिमा तो आत्मायें गाती हैं लेकिन आप बच्चों की महिमा स्वयं बाप करते हैं . bāp kī|key mahimā tō ātmāyē̃ gātī haĩ lēkin āp bachchō̃ kī|key mahimā svayã bāp kartē haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mahimā[n.f.;sg.] tō ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] gānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mahimā[n.f.;sg.] svayã bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . father (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) praise then soul sing[pres.pl.f.12hon3] but you child (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) praise x father do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
4Souls sing praise of God all the time, but God Himself is praising you children now.
6ऐसे कभी स्वप्न में भी सोचा कि हमारा इतना श्रेष्ठ भाग्य बना हुआ है लेकिन बना हुआ था , बन गया . aisē kabhī svapn mē̃ bhī sōchā ki hamārā itnā śhrēṣhṭh bhāgya banā huā hai lēkin banā huā thā , ban gayā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kabhī[adv.] svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kā] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[root]|bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin banānā[root]|bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-perf.m.sg.] , bannā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . such ever dream in too think[past-part.m.sg.d.] that we[.kā] such elevated x (create[root]|become[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but (create[root]|become[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[past-perf.m.sg.] , become[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
5Did you ever think, even in your dreams, that your fortune could be so elevated? 6However, it was already created.
7दुनिया के लोग कहते हैं भगवान ने हमको रचा लेकिन न भगवान का पता है , न रचना का पता है . duniyā kē|K lōg kahtē haĩ bhagvān nē hamkō rachā lēkin na bhagvān kā patā hai , na rachnā kā patā hai . duniyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K log[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] ham[pn.pl.kō] rachnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin na[neg] bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , na[neg] rachnā[inf.m.sg.d.]|rachnā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . world (of|K) people say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] God ∅ we[.kō] x[past-part.m.sg.d.] but not God of knowledge be[pres.sg.23] , not (x[inf.m.sg.d.]|creation) of knowledge be[pres.sg.23] .
7Although people of the world say that God created them, they neither know God nor His creation.
8आप हर एक भाग्यवान बच्चा अनुभव और फ़खुर से कहते हो कि हम शिव वंशी ब्रह्माकुमार ब्रह्माकुमारियां हैं . āp har ēk bhāgyavān bachchā anubhav aur fakhur sē kahtē hō ki ham śhiv vãnśhī brahmākumār brahmākumāriyā̃ haĩ . āp[pn.pl.] har ēk[x] bhāgyavān[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur fakhur[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] śhiv vanśhī[adj.] brahmākumār[n.m.;sg.,d.] brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . you each one fortunate child experience and intoxication from say[pres.pl.m.2] that we Shiva part of the dynasty Brahma Kumar Brahma Kumari be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
8Each of you fortunate children says from experience and with pride that you are a Brahma Kumar or a Brahma Kumari who belongs to the clan of Shiva.
9हमको मालूम है कि हमें बापदादा ने कैसे रचा ! hamkō mālūm hai ki hamē̃ bāpdādā nē kaisē rachā ! ham[pn.pl.kō] mālūm[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] bāpdādā nē[postp.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rachnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ! we[.kō] x be[pres.sg.23] that we[.kō] BapDada ∅ how x[past-part.m.sg.d.] !
9You know how BapDada created you.
10चाहे छोटा बच्चा है , चाहे बुजुर्ग पाण्डव है , शक्तियां हैं किसी से भी पूछेंगे आपका बाप कौन है , तो क्या कहेंगे ? chāhē chhōṭā bachchā hai , chāhē bujurg pāṇḍav hai , śhaktiyā̃ haĩ kisī sē bhī pūchhē̃gē āpkā bāp kaun hai , tō kyā kahē̃gē ? chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] bujurg[adj.] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] pūchhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] āp[pn.pl.kā] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō kyā kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) small child be[pres.sg.23] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) older one Pandava be[pres.sg.23] , Shakti be[pres.pl.12hon3] (some|anything) from too ask[fut.m.pl.12hon3] you[.kā] father who be[pres.sg.23] , then what say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
10Whether you are a small child or a mature person, a Pandav or a Shakti, if anyone asks you who your father is, what would you reply?
11फ़लक से कहेंगे ना कि हमको शिव बाप ने ब्रह्मा बाप द्वारा रचा इसलिए हम भगवान के बच्चे हैं . falak sē kahē̃gē nā ki hamkō śhiv bāp nē brahmā bāp dvārā rachā isliē ham bhagvān kē|K bachchē haĩ . phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] śhiv bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā rachnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] isliē ham[pn.pl.] bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . sparkle of intoxication from say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ that we[.kō] Shiva father ∅ Brahma father through x[past-part.m.sg.d.] therefore we God (of|K) child be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
11You would say with pride that you were created by Father Shiva through Brahma Baba. 12This is why you are the children of God.
12भगवान से डायरेक्ट मिलते हैं , न सिर्फ परम आत्मा वा भगवान हमारा बाप है लेकिन वह बाप भी है , शिक्षक भी है और सतगुरू भी है . bhagvān sē direct miltē haĩ , na sirph param ātmā vā bhagvān hamārā bāp hai lēkin vah bāp bhī hai , śhikṣhak bhī hai aur satgurū bhī hai . bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] direct milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , na[neg] sirph[adj.] param[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] vā bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] ham[pn.pl.kā] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin vah[pn.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , śhikṣhak[x] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur satgurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . God from direct receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , not only Supreme soul or God we[.kā] father be[pres.sg.23] but that father too be[pres.sg.23] , teacher too be[pres.sg.23] and Satguru too be[pres.sg.23] .
13You meet God directly. 14Not only do you say that He is God and your Father, but that He is your Father, Teacher and Satguru. 15Do all of you have this intoxication?
13सबको यह नशा है ? sabkō yah naśhā hai ? sabkō yah[pn.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? everything this intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ?
16(Everyone clapped.)
14 ( ताली बजाई ) एक हाथ की ताली बजाना - अभी यह भी एक्सरसाइज़ बुजुर्गो को सिखानी पड़ेगी . ( tālī bajāī ) ēk hāth kī|key tālī bajānā - abhī yah bhī exercise bujurgō kō sikhānī paṛēgī . ( tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[past-part.f.] ) ēk[adj.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[inf.m.sg.d.] - ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] exercise x kō[postp.] sikhānā[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] . ( clapping play[past-part.f.] ) one hand (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) clapping play[inf.m.sg.d.] - now this too exercise x to teach[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] .
17Now, clap with just one hand! 18Now, this exercise has to be taught to the older ones also.
15बच्चों को खुश देख बापदादा भी खुशी में झूलते हैं और सदा कहते - वाह मेरे हर एक श्रेष्ठ भाग्यवान विशेष आत्मायें … . bachchō̃ kō khuśh dēkh bāpdādā bhī khuśhī mē̃ jhūltē haĩ aur sadā kahtē - vāh mērē har ēk śhrēṣhṭh bhāgyavān viśhēṣh ātmāyē̃ … . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] khuśh[adj.] dēkhnā[root] bāpdādā bhī[p.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jhūlnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur sadā kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] - vāh maĩ[pn.sg.kē] har ēk[x] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgyavān[x] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] … . child to happy see[root] BapDada too happiness in swing[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and constantly say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] - wah! I[.kē] each one elevated fortunate special soul … .
19It is good. 20Seeing the children happy, BapDada also dances in happiness and constantly says: Wah, how wonderful my elevated fortunate and special souls are!
16बाप के रूप में परमात्म पालना का अनुभव कर रहे हो . bāp kē|K rūp mē̃ paramātma pālnā kā anubhav kar rahē hō . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . father (of|K) Rup in Supreme Soul (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) of experience do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .
21In the form of the Father, He gives you the experience of God’s sustenance.
17यह परमात्म पालना सारे कल्प में सिर्फ इस ब्राह्मण जन्म में आप बच्चों को प्राप्त होती है , जिस परमात्म पालना में आत्मा को सर्व प्राप्ति स्वरूप का अनुभव होता है . yah paramātma pālnā sārē kalp mē̃ sirph is brāhmaṇ janm mē̃ āp bachchō̃ kō prāpt hōtī hai , jis paramātma pālnā mē̃ ātmā kō sarv prāpti svarūp kā anubhav hōtā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sirph[adj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , jō[pn.sg.o.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] mē̃[postp.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] sarv[adj.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . this Supreme Soul (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) the whole cycle in only this Brahmin (life|be born[root]) in you child to reached be[pres.sg.f.23] , that Supreme Soul (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) in soul to all attainment form of experience be[pres.sg.m.23] .
22This sustenance from God is received just once throughout the whole kalpa in this Brahmin life. 23By receiving sustenance from God souls experience being an embodiment of all attainments. 24God’s love enables you to experience all relationships.
18परमात्म प्यार सर्व संबंधों का अनुभव कराता है . paramātma pyār sarv sambandhō̃ kā anubhav karātā hai . paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sarv[adj.] sambandh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[pres.sg.m.23] . Supreme Soul love all relationship of experience make commit[pres.sg.m.23] .
25God’s love enables you to forget the consciousness of your body.
19परमात्म प्यार अपने देह भान को भी भुला देता , साथ-साथ अनेक स्वार्थ के प्यार को भी भुला देता है . paramātma pyār apnē dēh bhān kō bhī bhulā dētā , sāth-sāth anēk svārtha kē|K pyār kō bhī bhulā dētā hai . paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bhulānā[root] dēnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , sāth-sāth anēk[adj.] svārtha[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bhulānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . Supreme Soul love one’s own body awareness to too make you forget[root] give[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , x many x (of|K) love to too make you forget[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] .
26As well as this, it also makes you forget all selfish love. 27You are such fortunate souls that you are being sustained by God with His love.
20ऐसे परमात्म प्यार , परमात्म पालना के अन्दर पलने वाली भाग्यवान आत्मायें हो . aisē paramātma pyār , paramātma pālnā kē|K andar palnē vālī bhāgyavān ātmāyē̃ hō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K andar palnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhāgyavān[x] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . such Supreme Soul love , Supreme Soul (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) (of|K) inside x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who fortunate soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
28The fortune of you souls is so great that God Himself leaves His home and comes to teach you Godly students.
21कितना आप आत्माओं का भाग्य है जो स्वयं बाप अपने वतन को छोड़ आप गॉडली स्टूडेन्टस को पढ़ाने आते हैं . kitnā āp ātmāō̃ kā bhāgya hai jō svayã bāp apnē vatan kō chhōṛ āp godly students kō paṛhānē ātē haĩ . kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] svayã bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] chhōṛnā[root] āp[pn.pl.] godly[adj.] student kō[postp.] paṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . so you soul of x be[pres.sg.23] that x father one’s own world to renounce[root] you Godly student to teach[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
29Have you ever before seen such a teacher who comes from a faraway land to teach you every morning? 30Have you ever seen such a teacher?
22ऐसा कोई टीचर देखा जो रोज़ सवेरे-सवेरे दूरदेश से पढ़ाने के लिए आवे ? aisā kōī teacher dēkhā jō rōz savērē-savērē dūrdēśh sē paṛhānē kē liē āvē ? aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] teacher dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] rōz savērē dūrdēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] paṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] ānā[opt.sg.23] ? such some teacher see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that day in the morning faraway land from teach[inf.m.pl.,o.] for come[opt.sg.23] ? 23ऐसा टीचर कभी देखा ? aisā teacher kabhī dēkhā ? aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] teacher kabhī[adv.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? such teacher ever see[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
31However, Baba, as the Teacher, comes to teach you every morning and what He teaches is so easy!
24लेकिन आप बच्चों के लिए रोज़ बाप शिक्षक बन आपके पास पढ़ाने आते हैं और कितना सहज पढ़ाते हैं . lēkin āp bachchō̃ kē liē rōz bāp śhikṣhak ban āpkē pās|pass paṛhānē ātē haĩ aur kitnā sahaj paṛhātē haĩ . lēkin āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē liē[x] rōz bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhikṣhak[x] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass paṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] paṛhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . but you child for day father teacher (become[root]|x) you[.kē] (x|pass) teach[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and so easy teach[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
32It is the study of just two words: You and Baba. 33The knowledge of the cycle, the drama and the kalpa tree is all merged in just these two words.
25दो शब्दों की पढ़ाई है - आप और बाप , इन्हीं दो शब्दों में चक्कर कहो , ड्रामा कहो , कल्प वृक्ष कहो सारी नॉलेज समाई हुई है . dō śhabdō̃ kī|key paṛhāī hai - āp aur bāp , inhī̃ dō śhabdō̃ mē̃ chakkar kahō , drama kahō , kalpa vr̥ikṣha kahō sārī knowledge samāī huī hai . dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key paṛhānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] - āp[pn.pl.] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , yah[pn.pl.hī] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , drama kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kalpa vr̥ikṣha[x] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] knowledge samānā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) word (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) teach[pres-perf.sg.f.23] - you and father , this[.hī] (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) word in cycle say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , drama say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kalpa tree say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] the whole knowledge merge[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
34In other studies, you have such a huge burden on your head, whereas with Baba’s teachings, your head becomes light. 35The indication of something being light is that it flies high.
26और पढ़ाई में तो कितना दिमाग पर बोझ पड़ता है और बाप की पढ़ाई से दिमाग हल्का बन जाता है . aur paṛhāī mē̃ tō kitnā dimāg par bōjh paṛtā hai aur bāp kī|key paṛhāī sē dimāg halkā ban jātā hai . aur paṛhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|paṛhānā[past-part.f.] mē̃[postp.] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key paṛhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|paṛhānā[past-part.f.] sē[postp.] dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] halkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . and (study|teach[past-part.f.]) in then so head (at|other) burden fall[pres.sg.m.23] and father (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) (study|teach[past-part.f.]) from head light become[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
36Anything light always remains above. 37So, through this study, your mind and intellect should experience the stage of ascent.
27हल्के की निशानी है ऊंचा उड़ना . halkē kī|key niśhānī hai ūñchā uṛnā . halkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] uṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . light (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) sign be[pres.sg.23] elevated fly[inf.m.sg.d.] .
38So, your head has become light, has it not?
28हल्की चीज़ स्वतः ही ऊंची होती है . halkī chīz svataḥ hī ūñchī hōtī hai . halkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] svataḥ hī[p.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . light thing automatically only elevated be[pres.sg.f.23] .
39You receive the knowledge of all three worlds.
29तो इस पढ़ाई से मन-बुद्धि उड़ती कला का अनुभव करती है . tō is paṛhāī sē man-buddhi uṛtī kalā kā anubhav kartī hai . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] paṛhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|paṛhānā[past-part.f.] sē[postp.] man-buddhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23] . then this (study|teach[past-part.f.]) from x fly[pres-part.f.] degree of experience do[pres.sg.f.23] .
40Throughout the whole cycle, has anyone else studied such a study? 41Did you ever find such a Teacher before?
30तो दिमाग हल्का हुआ ना ! tō dimāg halkā huā nā ! tō dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] halkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā ! then head light be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ !
42So, this is your fortune, is it not?
31तीनों लोकों की नॉलेज मिल जाती है . tīnō̃ lōkō̃ kī|key knowledge mil jātī hai . tīnō̃[adj.] lōk[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key knowledge milnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . all three x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) knowledge receive[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . 32तो ऐसी पढ़ाई सारे कल्प में कोई ने पढ़ी है . tō aisī paṛhāī sārē kalp mē̃ kōī nē paṛhī hai . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] paṛhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|paṛhānā[past-part.f.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] nē[postp.] paṛhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . then such (study|teach[past-part.f.]) the whole cycle in some ∅ study[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
43Then, from the Satguru, you receive such elevated directions (shrimat) that your questions of “What should I do?
33कोई पढ़ाने वाला ऐसा मिला . kōī paṛhānē vālā aisā milā . kōī[pn.;d.] paṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . some teach[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who such (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .
44How can I continue?
34तो भाग्य है ना ! tō bhāgya hai nā ! tō bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! then x be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
45Should I do this or not?
35फिर सतगुरू द्वारा श्रीमत ऐसी मिलती है जो सदा के लिए क्या करूं , कैसे चलूं , ऐसे करूं या नहीं करूं , क्या होगा … यह सब क्वेश्चन्स समाप्त हो जाते हैं . phir satgurū dvārā śhrīmat aisī miltī hai jō sadā kē liē kyā karū̃ , kaisē chalū̃ , aisē karū̃ yā nahī̃ karū̃ , kyā hōgā … yah sab questions samāpt hō jātē haĩ . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] satgurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] jō[pn.;d.] sadā kē liē[x] kyā karnā[opt.sg.1] , kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chalnā[opt.sg.1] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.sg.1] yā nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.sg.1] , kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] … yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] question samāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . (then|turn[root]) Satguru through shrimat such receive[pres.sg.f.23] that constantly for what do[opt.sg.1] , how continue[opt.sg.1] , such do[opt.sg.1] or not do[opt.sg.1] , what be[fut.m.sg.23] … this all question finished be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
46What will happen?” etc. all stop. 47“What should I do? 48How can I continue? 49Should I do this or not?
36क्या करूं , कैसे करूं , ऐसे करूं या वैसे करूं … इन सब क्वेश्चन्स का एक शब्द में जवाब है - फॉलो फादर . kyā karū̃ , kaisē karū̃ , aisē karū̃ yā vaisē karū̃ … in sab questions kā ēk śhabda mē̃ javāb hai - follow father . kyā karnā[opt.sg.1] , kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.sg.1] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.sg.1] yā vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.sg.1] … in|yah[pn.pl.o.] sab[adj.] question kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] javāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - follow father[x] . what do[opt.sg.1] , how do[opt.sg.1] , such do[opt.sg.1] or x do[opt.sg.1] … (in|this) all question of one word in x be[pres.sg.23] - follow the Father .
50What will happen? 51Should I do this or should I do that?” 52The answer to all these questions is just found in the one expression: Follow the father.
37साकार कर्म में ब्रह्मा बाप को फॉलो करो , निराकारी स्थिति में अशरीरी बनने में शिव बाप को फॉलो करो . sākār karma mē̃ brahmā bāp kō follow karō , nirākārī sthiti mē̃ aśharīrī bannē mē̃ śhiv bāp kō follow karō . sākār, sākārī[adj.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] follow karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , nirākār[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] aśharīrī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] śhiv bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] follow karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . sakar deed in Brahma father to follow do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , incorporeal stage in bodiless become[inf.m.pl.,o.] in Shiva father to follow do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
53For your practical actions in the corporeal form, follow Brahma Baba. 54In your incorporeal stage, in becoming bodiless, follow Father Shiva.
38दोनों बाप और दादा को फॉलो करना अर्थात् क्वेश्चन मार्क समाप्त होना वा श्रीमत पर चलना . dōnō̃ bāp aur dādā kō follow karnā arthāt question mark samāpt hōnā vā śhrīmat par chalnā . dōnō̃ bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dādā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kō[postp.] follow karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt question mark[x] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] vā śhrīmat par chalnā[x] . x father and Dada to follow do[inf.m.sg.d.] that is x finished be[inf.m.sg.d.] or x .
55To follow both Bap and Dada means to stop all questions and follow shrimat. 56Is this difficult? 57Is there any need to ask anything?
39यह मुश्किल है ? yah muśhkil hai ? yah[pn.sg.d.] muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? this difficult be[pres.sg.23] ?
58You just have to copy them.
40पूछने की आवश्यकता पड़ती है क्या ? pūchhnē kī|key āvaśhyaktā paṛtī hai kyā ? pūchhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] paṛnā[pres.sg.f.23] kyā ? ask[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) need fall[pres.sg.f.23] what ? 41कॉपी करना है , अपना दिमाग नहीं चलाना है . copy karnā hai , apnā dimāg nahī̃ chalānā hai . copy karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] chalānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . copy do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , (one’s own|adopt[root]) head not x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
59Don't use your own head because to follow the Father means to become equal to Baba.
42बाप समान बनना अर्थात् फॉलो फादर करना . bāp samān bannā arthāt follow father karnā . bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt follow father[x] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . equal to the Father become[inf.m.sg.d.] that is follow the Father do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
60Is this easy or difficult? 61It's easy, is it not?
43मुश्किल है या सहज है ? muśhkil hai yā sahaj hai ? muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? difficult be[pres.sg.23] or easy be[pres.sg.23] ? 44सहज है ना ? sahaj hai nā ? sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? easy be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ? 4530 साल वाले हाथ उठाओ , अच्छा 30 साल में मुश्किल लगा या सहज है ? 30 sāl vālē hāth uṭhāō , achchhā 30 sāl mē̃ muśhkil lagā yā sahaj hai ? 30 sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] 30 sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] muśhkil[adj.] lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yā sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? 30 year those who raise your hands , achcha 30 year in difficult (x|attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) or easy be[pres.sg.23] ?
62Those who have been with Baba for thirty years or more, raise your hands! 63Achcha, did you find it difficult in thirty years or was it easy?
46अभी देखो 30 साल वालों को भी सहज लगा तो आप जो पीछे-पीछे आये उन्हों के लिए मुश्किल है या सहज है ? abhī dēkhō 30 sāl vālō̃ kō bhī sahaj lagā tō āp jō pīchhē-pīchhē āyē unhō̃ kē liē muśhkil hai yā sahaj hai ? ab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] 30 sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] sahaj[adj.] lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō āp[pn.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] pīchhē ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.pl.o.] kē liē[x] muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? now see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] 30 year those who to too easy (x|attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) then you that x (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) that for difficult be[pres.sg.23] or easy be[pres.sg.23] ?
64Now, just look, even those who have been with Baba for thirty years found it easy, therefore, is it easy or difficult for those who have come later?
47सहज है ना ? sahaj hai nā ? sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? easy be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
65Is it easy? 66It is good.
48 ( गर्मी के कारण सभी के हाथों में रंग-बिरंगी पंखे हैं जो हिला रहे हैं ) अच्छा है , पंखों की रिमझिम भी अच्छी लग रही है . ( garmī kē|K kāraṇ sabhī kē|K hāthō̃ mē̃ raṅg-biraṅgī paṅkhē haĩ jō hilā rahē haĩ ) achchhā hai , paṅkhō̃ kī|key rimjhim bhī achchhī lag rahī hai . ( garmī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hāth[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] raṅg-biraṅgā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] paṅkhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] hilānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , paṅkh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key rimjhim[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . ( heat (of|K) because all (of|K) hand in x fan be[pres.pl.12hon3] that make fluctuate[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] , wing (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) colour and splendour too achcha x[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
67(Because the climate is very hot, everyone has been given a colourful fan.) 68The colour and splendour of the fans are very beautiful. 69(All waved with their fans.)
49सीन अच्छी है . scene achchhī hai . scene achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . scene achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
70This scene is very good.
50नवीनता होनी चाहिए ना . navīntā hōnī chāhiē nā . navīntā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[.oblig3] nā . newness be[.oblig3] ∅ .
71Very good! 72There has to be some newness.
51तो इस ग्रुप की यह भी नवीनता है , यह भी टी . वी . में आ गया . tō is group kī|key yah bhī navīntā hai , yah bhī T . we|V . mē̃ ā gayā . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] group kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] T . we|V . mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . then this group (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) this too newness be[pres.sg.23] , this too x . (x) . in come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
73So, this is the newness of this group. 74This is also recorded on the T.V.
52अच्छा है सभी भाग-भाग कर पहुंच गये हैं , बापदादा भी स्नेह की मुबारक देते हैं . achchhā hai sabhī bhāg-bhāg kar pahuñch gayē haĩ , bāpdādā bhī snēh kī|key mubārak dētē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sab[adv.hī] bhāg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhāgnā[root] karnā[root] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , bāpdādā bhī[p.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] all (part|run[root]) do[root] reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , BapDada too love (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
75It is good that all of you come running to reach here. 76BapDada congratulates you with love.
53देखो , और जो भी हद के गुरू होते हैं कितने वरदान देते हैं , एक या दस , ज्यादा नहीं देते हैं . dēkhō , aur jō bhī had kē|K gurū hōtē haĩ kitnē vardān dētē haĩ , ēk yā das , jyādā nahī̃ dētē haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , aur jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] had[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K gurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , ēk[adj.] yā das[adj.] , jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , and that too x (of|K) guru be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] so blessing give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , one or x , more not give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
77How many blessings do limited gurus give? 78Only one or ten, no more than that. 79However, you receive blessings from the Satguru every day.
54लेकिन आपको सतगुरू द्वारा रोज़ वरदान मिलता है . lēkin āpkō satgurū dvārā rōz vardān miltā hai . lēkin āp[pn.pl.kō] satgurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā rōz vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . but you[.kō] Satguru through day blessing receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
80Have you ever seen such a guru as this?
55ऐसा गुरू कब देखा ? aisā gurū kab dēkhā ? aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] kab dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? such guru when see[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
81You haven't, have you?
56नहीं देखा ना ! nahī̃ dēkhā nā ! nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā ! not see[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ ! 57आप लोगों ने ही देखा लेकिन कल्प-कल्प देखा . āp lōgō̃ nē hī dēkhā lēkin kalp-kalp dēkhā . āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] hī[p.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . you people ∅ only see[past-part.m.sg.d.] but cycle see[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
82Only you have found such a guru, and you have been finding Him for cycle after cycle.
58तो सदा अपने भाग्य की प्राप्तियों को सामने रखो . tō sadā apnē bhāgya kī|key prāptiyō̃ kō sāmnē rakhō . tō sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sāmnē rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then constantly one’s own x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) attainment to x keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
83So, constantly keep the attainment of your fortune in front of you.
59सिर्फ बुद्धि में मर्ज नहीं रखो , इमर्ज करो . sirph buddhi mē̃ merge nahī̃ rakhō , emerge karō . sirph[adj.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] merge nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , emerge karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . only intellect in merge not keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , emerge do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
84Do not just keep it merged in your intellect, but let it emerge.
60मर्ज रखने के संस्कार को बदलकर इमर्ज करो . merge rakhnē kē|K saṅskār kō badalkar emerge karō . merge rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] badalnā[abs.] emerge karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . merge keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) sanskar to change[abs.] emerge do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
85Change your sanskars of keeping everything merged and let this emerge.
61अपनी प्राप्तियों की लिस्ट सदा बुद्धि में इमर्ज रखो . apnī prāptiyō̃ kī|key list sadā buddhi mē̃ emerge rakhō . apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key list sadā buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] emerge rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one’s own attainment (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) list constantly intellect in emerge keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
86Keep the list of your attainments in your intellect in an emerged form.
62जब प्राप्तियों की लिस्ट इमर्ज होगी तो किसी भी प्रकार का विघ्न वार नहीं करेगा . jab prāptiyō̃ kī|key list emerge hōgī tō kisī bhī prakār kā vighna war|vār nahī̃ karēgā . jab prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key list emerge hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] tō kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] war|vār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.sg.23] . when attainment (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) list emerge be[fut.f.sg.23] then (some|anything) too form of obstacle (war|x) not do[fut.m.sg.23] .
87When the list of attainments is in an emerged form, no type of obstacle can attack you.
63वह मर्ज हो जायेगा और प्राप्तियां इमर्ज रूप में रहेंगी . vah merge hō jāyēgā aur prāptiyā̃ emerge rūp mē̃ rahē̃gī . vah[pn.sg.d.] merge hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] aur prāpti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] emerge rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . that merge be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] and attainment emerge Rup in remain[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
88All obstacles will simply merge and your attainments remain in an emerged form.
64बापदादा जब सुनते हैं कि आज किसी भी कारण से कोई-कोई बच्चे मेहनत करते हैं , युद्ध करते हैं , योग लगाने चाहते लेकिन लगता नहीं है , सोल कान्सेस के बदले बॉडी कान्सेस में आ जाते हैं तो बापदादा को अच्छा नहीं लगता है . bāpdādā jab suntē haĩ ki āj kisī bhī kāraṇ sē kōī-kōī bachchē mēhnat kartē haĩ , yuddha kartē haĩ , yōg lagānē chāhtē lēkin lagtā nahī̃ hai , soul conscious kē badlē body conscious mē̃ ā jātē haĩ tō bāpdādā kō achchhā nahī̃ lagtā hai . bāpdādā jab sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] āj kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , soul conscious[x] kē badlē[x] body conscious[x] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . BapDada when listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that today (some|anything) too because from some child effort do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , battle do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , yoga attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] but x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] , soul conscious instead of body conscious in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] then BapDada to achcha not x[pres.sg.m.23] . 65कारण क्या ? kāraṇ kyā ? kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā ? because what ?
89BapDada does not like it when He hears that some children, for one reason or another, are labouring hard or battling; or in trying to have yoga, they are unable to do so; that is, instead of becoming soul conscious, they become body conscious. 90What is the reason for this? 91You do not keep the attainments of your fortune emerged in your awareness; they remain merged.
66अपने भाग्य की प्राप्तियां इमर्ज नहीं रहती , मर्ज रहती हैं . apnē bhāgya kī|key prāptiyā̃ emerge nahī̃ rahtī , merge rahtī haĩ . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key prāpti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] emerge nahī̃[neg] rahnā[pres-part.f.] , merge rahnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . one’s own x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) attainment emerge not remain[pres-part.f.] , merge remain[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . 67फिर जब कोई याद दिलाता है तो सोचने लगते हैं होना तो ऐसा चाहिए … ! phir jab kōī yād dilātā hai tō sōchnē lagtē haĩ hōnā tō aisā chāhiē … ! phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] jab kōī[pn.;d.] yād dilānā[pres.sg.m.23] tō sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+lagnā] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] … ! (then|turn[root]) when some remind then think[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+lagnā] be[inf.m.sg.d.] then such (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) … !
92Then, when someone reminds you of them, you begin to think that it should always be like this; therefore the effort for this is very easy: Simply keep your attainments emerged in your awareness.
68इसलिए बहुत सहज पुरूषार्थ है - प्राप्तियों को इमर्ज रखो . isliē bahut sahaj purūṣhārth hai - prāptiyō̃ kō emerge rakhō . isliē bahut sahaj[adj.] puruṣhārth hōnā[pres.sg.23] - prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] emerge rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore very easy effort be[pres.sg.23] - attainment to emerge keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
93Keep in your awareness your fortune of the attainments you have received from the moment you became a Brahmin.
69जब से ब्राह्मण बनें तब से अपने भाग्य को स्मृति में रखो . jab sē brāhmaṇ banē̃ tab sē apnē bhāgya kō smr̥iti mē̃ rakhō . jab sē[postp.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] tab sē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . when from Brahmin become[opt.pl.12hon3] for only then from one’s own x to awareness in keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
94Do not fluctuate! 95Remain unshakeable! 96What is your memorial in Mt.
70हलचल में नहीं आओ , अचल बनो क्योंकि यहाँ आबू में यादगार क्या है ? halchal mē̃ nahī̃ āō , achal banō kyōṅki yahā̃ ābū mē̃ yādgār kyā hai ? halchal[x] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , achal bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki yahā̃ ābū mē̃[postp.] yādgār[x] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? upheaval in not come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , unshakeable become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because here Abu in memorial what be[pres.sg.23] ?
97Abu? 98Is it Achalghar (Home of stability) or Halchalghar (Home of fluctuation)?
71अचलघर है या हलचल घर है ? achalghar hai yā halchal ghar hai ? achalghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā halchal[x] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? Achal Ghar be[pres.sg.23] or upheaval home be[pres.sg.23] ?
99What is it? 100It is Achalghar, is it not?
72अचलघर है ना ? achalghar hai nā ? achalghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? Achal Ghar be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
101Whose memorial is it?
73यह किसका यादगार है ? yah kiskā yādgār hai ? yah[pn.sg.d.] kaun[pn.sg.kā] yādgār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? this who[.kā] memorial be[pres.sg.23] ?
102It is your memorial, is it not?
74आपका यादगार है ना ? āpkā yādgār hai nā ? āp[pn.pl.kā] yādgār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? you[.kā] memorial be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ? 75तो जब भी कोई सूक्ष्म पुरूषार्थ का मार्ग मुश्किल लगे , बुद्धि ज्यादा हलचल में हो , तो अपने यादगार को स्मृति में लाओ . tō jab bhī kōī sūkṣhma purūṣhārth kā mārg muśhkil lagē , buddhi jyādā halchal mē̃ hō , tō apnē yādgār kō smr̥iti mē̃ lāō . tō jab bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] sūkṣhma[adj.] puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mārg[n.m.;sg.,d.] muśhkil[adj.] lagnā[opt.sg.23]|lagnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , buddhi[n.f.;sg.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] halchal[x] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yādgār[x] kō[postp.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then when too some subtle effort of path difficult (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x) , intellect more upheaval in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , then one’s own memorial to awareness in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
103When you find the path of subtle effort to be difficult, or when your intellect is fluctuating a great deal, you speak of points of knowledge: “Really, I am a soul! 104This is the drama! 105This is just an obstacle!
76कई बार बच्चे ज्ञान की प्वाइंट बोलते भी हैं कि मैं आत्मा हूँ , ड्रामा है , यह तो विघ्न है , यह तो साइडसीन है , बोलते भी रहते लेकिन हिलते भी रहते . kaī bār bachchē gyān kī|key point bōltē bhī haĩ ki maĩ ātmā hū̃ , drama hai , yah tō vighna hai , yah tō sidescene hai , bōltē bhī rahtē lēkin hiltē bhī rahtē . kaī bār[n.f.;sg.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key point bōlnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] maĩ ātmā hū̃[x] , drama hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō side scene hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bōlnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin hilnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . some time child knowledge (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) point speak[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] that I am a soul , drama be[pres.sg.23] , this then obstacle be[pres.sg.23] , this then side scene be[pres.sg.23] , speak[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] but x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
106It is just a side scene!”. 107Even though you continue to quote knowledge in this way, you also fluctuate at the same time. 108You fluctuate and quote knowledge at the same time.
77हिलते-हिलते बोलते रहते . hiltē-hiltē bōltē rahtē . hilnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bōlnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] speak[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . 78जब ऐसी बुद्धि बन जाए जो अचल नहीं हो सके तो मधुबन का अचलघर याद रखो . jab aisī buddhi ban jāē jō achal nahī̃ hō sakē tō madhuban kā achalghar yād rakhō . jab aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] bannā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] jō[pn.;d.] achal nahī̃[neg] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achalghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . when such intellect become[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] that unshakeable not be[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] then Madhuban of Achal Ghar remember .
109When your intellect is so much like this that you are unable to become unshakeable, then remember Achalghar of Madhuban.
79यह तो स्थूल चीज़ है ना ! yah tō sthūl chīz hai nā ! yah[pn.sg.d.] tō sthūl[adj.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! this then physical thing be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ! 80सूक्ष्म तो नहीं है . sūkṣhma tō nahī̃ hai . sūkṣhma[adj.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . subtle then not be[pres.sg.23] .
110That is a physical thing, it is not subtle.
81आंखों से देखने की चीज़ है , मेरा यादगार अचलघर है , हलचल घर नहीं है क्योंकि बापदादा इस वर्ष को सर्व बच्चों के प्रति मुक्ति वर्ष मनाना चाहते हैं . āṅkhō̃ sē dēkhnē kī|key chīz hai , mērā yādgār achalghar hai , halchal ghar nahī̃ hai kyōṅki bāpdādā is varṣh kō sarv bachchō̃ kē prati mukti varṣh manānā chāhtē haĩ . āṅkh[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key chīz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] yādgār[x] achalghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , halchal[x] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sarv[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē prati[x] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] . eye from see[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) thing be[pres.sg.23] , I[.kā] memorial Achal Ghar be[pres.sg.23] , upheaval home not be[pres.sg.23] because BapDada this year to all child for liberation year celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] .
111It is something that can be seen with your eyes. 112Remember: “My memorial is Achalghar, not Halchalghar”, because BapDada wants to make this year the year of liberation for all of you children.
82ऐसा नहीं हो हाथ उठवायें तो कोई का उठे , कोई का नहीं उठे , नहीं . aisā nahī̃ hō hāth uṭhvāyē̃ tō kōī kā uṭhē , kōī kā nahī̃ uṭhē , nahī̃ . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhvānā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō kōī[pn.;d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] uṭhnā[opt.sg.23]|uṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , kōī[pn.;d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhnā[opt.sg.23]|uṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , nahī̃[neg] . such not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) hand make raise[opt.pl.12hon3] then some of (wake up[opt.sg.23]|wake up[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , some of not (wake up[opt.sg.23]|wake up[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , not .
113It should not be that when you are asked to raise your hand, some of you raise your hand and others do not.
83सभी खुशी-खुशी से हाथ की ताली बजावे , ( सभी बजाने लगे ) चलो अभी बजा दी तो ठीक है , लेकिन ऐसे ही बापदादा इस वर्ष के समाप्ति में इतनी ज़ोर से ताली बजाते देखे . sabhī khuśhī-khuśhī sē hāth kī|key tālī bajāvē , ( sabhī bajānē lagē ) chalō abhī bajā dī tō ṭhīk hai , lēkin aisē hī bāpdādā is varṣh kē|K samāpti mē̃ itnī zōr sē tālī bajātē dēkhē . sab[adv.hī] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key tālī bajāvē[x] , ( sab[adv.hī] bajānā[opt.sg.23.inf+lagnā] ) chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ab[adv.hī] bajnā[past-part.f..past-part+dēnā]|bajānā[past-part.f..root+dēnā] tō ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lēkin aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] zōr sē[x] tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|dēkhnā[opt.sg.23] . all happiness from hand (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) clap , ( all play[opt.sg.23.inf+lagnā] ) continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] now (x[past-part.f..past-part+dēnā]|play[past-part.f..root+dēnā]) then OK be[pres.sg.23] , but such only BapDada this year (of|K) completion in such loudly clapping play[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|see[opt.sg.23]) .
114No, it should not be like that. 115All of you should clap with one hand in great happiness. 116(All began to clap with two hands.) 117OK, you have now clapped, and so it's okay now, but BapDada wants to see you clap just as loudly at the end of this year.
84अभी तो बजाई अच्छा है लेकिन तब भी बजाना . abhī tō bajāī achchhā hai lēkin tab bhī bajānā . ab[adv.hī] tō bajānā[past-part.f.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin tab bhī[p.] bajānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now then play[past-part.f.] achcha be[pres.sg.23] but for only then too play[inf.m.sg.d.] . 85बजायेंगे ? bajāyēṅgē ? bajānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? play[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
118You have clapped now, and that is fine, but will you also clap at that time?
86देखो हाथ की ताली बजाके तो खुश कर दिया लेकिन बापदादा नये वर्ष में जो अपना 18 जनवरी विशेष ब्रह्मा बाप के शरीर से मुक्त होने का दिन है , तो 18 जनवरी में बापदादा फिर हाथ उठवायेगा कि मुक्ति वर्ष मनाया या सिर्फ सोचा ? dēkhō hāth kī|key tālī bajākē tō khuśh kar diyā lēkin bāpdādā nayē varṣh mē̃ jō apnā 18 January viśhēṣh brahmā bāp kē|K śharīr sē mukt hōnē kā din hai , tō 18 January mē̃ bāpdādā phir hāth uṭhvāyēgā ki mukti varṣh manāyā yā sirph sōchā ? dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[abs.] tō khuśh[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] lēkin bāpdādā nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] 18 January viśhēṣh[adj.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] mukt[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō 18 January mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhvānā[fut.m.sg.23] ki[conj.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yā sirph[adj.] sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] hand (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) clapping play[abs.] then happy do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] but BapDada new year in that (one’s own|adopt[root]) 18 January special Brahma father (of|K) body from free be[inf.m.pl.,o.] of day be[pres.sg.23] , then 18 January in BapDada (then|turn[root]) hand make raise[fut.m.sg.23] that liberation year celebrate[past-part.m.sg.d.] or only think[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
119Look, you pleased Baba by clapping with both hands, but what will you do when BapDada asks you to raise your hand on the 18th of January, the day when Brahma Baba became free from his body, as to whether you celebrated the year of liberation or whether you just thought about it?
87मनाना है , मनाना है - सोचते तो नहीं रह गये , स्वरूप में लाया वा सोचते-सोचते लास्ट में भी सोचते रहेंगे ! manānā hai , manānā hai - sōchtē tō nahī̃ rah gayē , svarūp mē̃ lāyā vā sōchtē-sōchtē last mē̃ bhī sōchtē rahē̃gē ! manānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , manānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] - sōchnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō nahī̃[neg] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vā sōchnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] last mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sōchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] ! celebrate[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , celebrate[pres.sg.23.oblig1] - think[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then not remain[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , form in x[past-part.m.sg.d.] or think[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] last in too think[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] !
120You haven't just kept on thinking that you have to celebrate it, that you have to celebrate it, have you? 121Put it into practice!
88यह रिजल्ट बापदादा देखने चाहते हैं . yah result bāpdādā dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] result bāpdādā dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . this result BapDada see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 89दिखायेंगे ? dikhāyēṅgē ? dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
122Or, having thought about it, will you still be thinking about it at the end?
90अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 91याद रहेगा ना ! yād rahēgā nā ! yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā ! remembrance remain[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ !
123BapDada wants to see this result.
92प्राप्तियों को सामने रखो . prāptiyō̃ kō sāmnē rakhō . prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sāmnē rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . attainment to x keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
124Will you show this result?
93बाप की याद के साथ , बाप ने जो दिया वह भी इमर्ज करो - क्या बनाया और क्या मिला ! bāp kī yād kē sāth , bāp nē jō diyā vah bhī emerge karō - kyā banāyā aur kyā milā ! bāp kī yād[x] kē sāth[x] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] emerge karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - kyā banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur kyā milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ! remembrance of the Father with , father ∅ that give[past-part.m.sg.d.] that too emerge do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - what create[past-part.m.sg.d.] and what (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) !
125Achcha, you will remember to keep your attainments in front of you, won't you?
94बापदादा इस वर्ष के बाद हर बच्चे को जीवन-मुक्त स्थिति में देखेंगे . bāpdādā is varṣh kē bād har|her bachchē kō jīvan-mukt sthiti mē̃ dēkhē̃gē . bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] harnā[root]|har|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] jīvanmukt[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . BapDada this year after (x[root]|x) child to x stage in see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
126Let whatever you have received from Baba emerge by having remembrance of Baba.
95भविष्य में जीवनमुक्त होंगे लेकिन संस्कार जीवनमुक्त के अभी से ही इमर्ज करने हैं . bhaviṣhya mē̃ jīvanmukt hōṅgē lēkin saṅskār jīvanmukt kē|K abhī sē hī emerge karnē haĩ . bhaviṣhya[adj.] mē̃[postp.] jīvanmukt[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin saṅskār[x] jīvanmukt[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] hī[p.] emerge karnā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] . future in x be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but sanskar x (of|K) now from only emerge do[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] . 96और निरन्तर कर्मयोगी , निरन्तर सहज योगी , निरन्तर मुक्त आत्मा के संस्कार अभी से अनुभव में लाओ , क्यों ? aur nirantar karmayōgī , nirantar sahaj yōgī , nirantar mukt ātmā kē|K saṅskār abhī sē anubhav mē̃ lāō , kyō̃ ? aur nirantar[x] karmyōgī[adj.] , nirantar[x] sahaj[adj.] yōgī[x] , nirantar[x] mukt[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] ab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kyō̃ ? and x karma yogi , x easy yogi , x free soul (of|K) sanskar now from experience in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , why ?
127What did Baba make you and what did you receive? 128At the end of this year, BapDada will see each of you children in your stage of jeevanmukti. 129In the future you will be jeevanmukt, but the sanskars of jeevanmukti have to emerge at this time.
97बापदादा ने पहले भी इशारा दिया है कि समय का परिवर्तन आप विश्व परिवर्तक आत्माओं के लिए इन्तजार कर रहा है . bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī iśhārā diyā hai ki samay kā parivartan āp viśhva parivartak ātmāō̃ kē liē intjār kar rahā hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] viśhva parivartak[x] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē liē[x] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too signal give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that time of transformation you world transformer soul for wait do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
130You have to experience the sanskars of a constant karma yogi, a constantly easy yogi and a constantly liberated soul at this time. 131Why?
98प्रकृति आप प्रकृतिपति आत्माओं का विजय का हार लेके आवाह्न कर रही है . prakr̥iti āp prakr̥itipati ātmāō̃ kā vijay kā hār lēkē āvāhna kar rahī hai . prakr̥iti[x] āp[pn.pl.] prakr̥iti-pati[x] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hārnā[root]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[abs.] āvāhna[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . matter you lord of matter soul of victory of (x[root]|x) take[abs.] x do[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
132BapDada has already signalled that the time of transformation is waiting for you world transformer souls.
99समय विजय का घण्टा बजाने के लिए आप भविष्य राज्य अधिकारी आत्माओं को देख रहे हैं कि कब घण्टा बजायें , भक्त आत्मायें वह दिन सदा याद कर रही हैं कि कब हमारे पूज्य देव आत्मायें हमारे ऊपर प्रसन्न हो हमें मुक्ति का वरदान देंगी ! samay vijay kā ghaṇṭā bajānē kē liē āp bhaviṣhya rājya adhikārī ātmāō̃ kō dēkh rahē haĩ ki kab ghaṇṭā bajāyē̃ , bhakta ātmāyē̃ vah din sadā yād kar rahī haĩ ki kab hamārē pūjya dēv ātmāyē̃ hamārē ūpar prasann hō hamē̃ mukti kā vardān dē̃gī ! samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bajānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] āp[pn.pl.] bhaviṣhya[adj.] rājya adhikārī[x] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] kab ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bajānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā yād karnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] kab ham[pn.pl.kē] pūjya[adj.] dēv[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ham[pn.pl.kē] ūpar prasann[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ham[pn.pl.kō] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ! time victory of hour play[inf.m.pl.,o.] for you future master soul to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that when hour play[opt.pl.12hon3] , devotee soul that day constantly remember that when we[.kē] worthy of worship deity soul we[.kē] over x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) we[.kō] liberation of blessing give[fut.f.pl.12hon3] !
133The elements are invoking you masters of the elements and holding a garland of victory for you. 134Time is holding the bell of victory and looking at you worldsovereign souls to see when the bell should be tolled. 135Devotee souls are also constantly waiting for the day when their worshipful deity souls will become pleased with them and grant them the blessing of liberation.
100दुःखी आत्मायें पुकार रही हैं कि कब दुःख हर्ता सुख कर्ता आत्मायें प्रत्यक्ष होंगी ! duḥkhī ātmāyē̃ pukār rahī haĩ ki kab duḥkh hartā sukh kartā ātmāyē̃ pratyakṣha hōṅgī ! duḥkhnā[past-part.f.]|duḥkhī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] pukārnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] kab duḥkh hartā sukh kartā[x] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ! (hurt[past-part.f.]|unhappy) soul call[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] that when x soul visible be[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ! 101इसलिए यह सब आपके लिए इन्तजार वा आवाह्न कर रहे हैं . isliē yah sab āpkē liē intjār vā āvāhna kar rahē haĩ . isliē yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] āp[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā āvāhna[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . therefore this all you[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) wait or x do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
136Unhappy souls are calling out and wondering when the souls who are their removers of sorrow and bestowers of happiness will be revealed.
102इसलिए हे रहमदिल , विश्व कल्याणकारी आत्मायें अभी इन्हों के इन्तजार को समाप्त करो . isliē hē merciful , viśhva kalyāṇkārī ātmāyē̃ abhī inhō̃ kē|K intjār kō samāpt karō . isliē hē merciful , viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] samāpt karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore x merciful , world beneficial soul now this (of|K) wait to x .
137All of them are waiting and invoking all of you. 138Therefore, hey merciful worldbenefactor souls, put an end to their waiting!
103आपके लिए सब रूके हैं . āpkē liē sab rūkē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē sab[adj.] ruknā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . you[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) all stop[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
139All of them are waiting for you.
104आप सब मुक्त हो जाओ तो सर्व आत्मायें , प्रकृति , भगत मुक्त हो जाएं . āp sab mukt hō jāō tō sarv ātmāyē̃ , prakr̥iti , bhagat mukt hō jāē̃ . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] mukt[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] tō sarv[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , prakr̥iti[x] , bhagat[adj.] mukt[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . you all free be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] then all soul , matter , x free be[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
140When all of you become liberated, then all souls, the elements and the devotees will become liberated.
105तो मुक्त बनो , मुक्ति का दान देने वाले मास्टर दाता बनो . tō mukt banō , mukti kā dān dēnē vālē master dātā banō . tō mukt[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] master dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then free become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , liberation of donation give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who master bestower become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
141So, become liberated and as master bestowers, donate liberation!
106अभी विश्व परिवर्तन की जिम्मेवारी के ताजधारी आत्मायें बनो . abhī viśhva parivartan kī|key jimmēvārī kē|K tājdhārī ātmāyē̃ banō . ab[adv.hī] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tājdhārī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now world transformation (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) responsibility (of|K) crowned soul become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
142Now, become souls who wear the crown of responsibility for world transformation.
107जिम्मेवार हो ना ! jimmēvār hō nā ! jimmēvār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
143You are responsible, are you not?
108बाप के साथ मददगार हो . bāp kē sāth madadgār hō . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] madadgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . father with helper (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
144You are Baba’s helpers.
109क्या आपको रहम नहीं आता , दिल में दुःख के विलाप महसूस नहीं होते . kyā āpkō rahm nahī̃ ātā , dil mē̃ duḥkh kē|K vilāp mahsūs nahī̃ hōtē . kyā āp[pn.pl.kō] rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vilāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mahsūs[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . what you[.kō] mercy not come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , heart in (sorrow|hurt[root]) (of|K) waves experienced not be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
145Do you not feel mercy? 146Can you not feel their waves of sorrow in your heart?
110हे विश्व परिवर्तक आत्मायें अभी अपने जिम्मेवारी की ताजपोशी मनाओ . hē viśhva parivartak ātmāyē̃ abhī apnē jimmēvārī kī|key tājpōśhī manāō . hē viśhva parivartak[x] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key tājpōśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] manānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x world transformer soul now one’s own responsibility (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) coronation celebrate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
147Hey, worldtransformer souls, now celebrate the coronation of your responsibility. 148You have held many functions.
111अभी फंक्शन तो बहुत किये , लेकिन फंक्शन की रिजल्ट क्या ? abhī function tō bahut kiyē , lēkin function kī|key result kyā ? ab[adv.hī] function tō bahut karnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , lēkin function kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key result kyā ? now x then very do[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , but x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) result what ?
149How many functions have you held? 150You have held many functions, but what has been the result of them?
112बस सिर्फ गोल्डन चुन्नी और ताज पहन लिया , मनाया … इसमें बापदादा भी खुश है लेकिन चुन्नी पहनना , माला पहनना , चिंदी लगाना , पाण्डवों ने पगड़ी भी ताज मुआिफ़क पहनी , तो यह मनाना अर्थात् जिम्मेवारी सम्भालना . bas sirph golden chunnī aur tāj pahan liyā , manāyā … ismē̃ bāpdādā bhī khuśh hai lēkin chunnī pahannā , mālā pahannā , cindī lagānā , pāṇḍavō̃ nē pagṛī bhī tāj muāifak pahanī , tō yah manānā arthāt jimmēvārī sambhālnā . basnā[root]|bas sirph[adj.] golden chunnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahannā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , manānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] … yah[pn.sg.mē̃] bāpdādā bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin chunnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] pahannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , mālā[n.f.;sg.] pahannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , x lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] pāg, pagṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] x pahannā[past-part.f.] , tō yah[pn.sg.d.] manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sambhālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (x[root]|simply) only golden chuni and crown x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , celebrate[past-part.m.sg.d.] … this[.mē̃] BapDada too happy be[pres.sg.23] but chuni x[inf.m.sg.d.] , garland x[inf.m.sg.d.] , x attach[inf.m.sg.d.] , Pandava ∅ position too crown x x[past-part.f.] , then this celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] that is responsibility be careful[inf.m.sg.d.] .
151BapDada was also pleased to see you wear the crown and the golden “chuni” (golden scarf). 152You Shaktis wore a “chuni” and a garland, and had a tilak applied, and the Pandavs wore a turban like a crown. 153So, to celebrate in this way means to take care of your responsibilities.
113बच्चे खुश हुए , बाप उससे भी ज्यादा खुश हुए लेकिन भविष्य क्या ! bachchē khuśh huē , bāp ussē bhī jyādā khuśh huē lēkin bhaviṣhya kyā ! bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.sē] bhī[p.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin bhaviṣhya[adj.] kyā ! child happy be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , father that[.sē] too more happy be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] but future what !
154Children were very happy; Baba was even happier. 155However, what are you going to do in the future?
114दुपट्टा अलमारी में , चिंदी अलमारी में सम्भल गई , बस यही मनाना है . dupaṭṭā almārī mē̃ , cindī almārī mē̃ sambhal gaī , bas yahī manānā hai . x almārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , x almārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] x jānā[past-part.f.] , basnā[root]|bas yahī[pn.;d.] manānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . x cupboard in , x cupboard in x go[past-part.f.] , (x[root]|simply) this celebrate[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
156You will put the scarf and tilak away in your cupboards. 157Is that celebrating?
115नहीं . nahī̃ . nahī̃[neg] . not .
158No!
116यह दुपट्टा गोल्डन स्थिति की याद निशानी है . yah dupaṭṭā golden sthiti kī|key yād niśhānī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] x golden sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key yād[n.f.;sg.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this x golden stage (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) remembrance sign be[pres.sg.23] .
159This scarf is the symbol of your golden stage.
117अलमारी में सिर्फ नहीं रख देना लेकिन मन में स्मृति में रखना . almārī mē̃ sirph nahī̃ rakh dēnā lēkin man mē̃ smr̥iti mē̃ rakhnā . almārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sirph[adj.] nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[root] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] lēkin man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . cupboard in only not keep[root] give[inf.m.sg.d.] but mind in awareness in keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .
160Do not just put it away in your cupboards, but keep it in your mind and awareness.
118मनाना अर्थात् बाप के कार्य में जिम्मेवार बनना . manānā arthāt bāp kē|K kārya mē̃ jimmēvār bannā . manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jimmēvār[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] that is father (of|K) task in x become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
161To celebrate means to be responsible in Baba’s task.
119पसन्द है ना ! pasand hai nā ! pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! love be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
162Do you like this?
120या चुन्नी पहन ली बहुत अच्छा हुआ ? yā chunnī pahan lī bahut achchhā huā ? yā chunnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] pahannā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? or chuni x[past-part.f..root+lēnā] very achcha be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
163So, it was very good that you wore a chuni.
121अच्छा हुआ भी . achchhā huā bhī . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] . achcha be[past-part.m.sg.d.] too .
164It was good.
122बापदादा भी समझते हैं बहुत अच्छा हुआ . bāpdādā bhī samajhtē haĩ bahut achchhā huā . bāpdādā bhī[p.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . BapDada too understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] very achcha be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
165BapDada also feels that it was very good.
123लेकिन अविनाशी सहयोगी बनना . lēkin avināśhī sahyōgī bannā . lēkin avināśhī[adj.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . but imperishable co-operative become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
166Therefore, now become eternally co operative.
124इस वर्ष के लिए जो बापदादा ने इशारा दिया इसके लास्ट में 18 जनवरी में , मुक्ति वर्ष का उत्सव मनायेंगे . is varṣh kē liē jō bāpdādā nē iśhārā diyā iskē last mē̃ 18 January mē̃ , mukti varṣh kā utsav manāyēṅgē . yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.kē] last mē̃[postp.] 18 January mē̃[postp.] , mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] utsav[x] manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . this year for that BapDada ∅ signal give[past-part.m.sg.d.] this[.kē] last in 18 January in , liberation year of x celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
167This year, BapDada gave the signal and for this, at the end of the year on 18th January (1999), we will celebrate the function of the year of liberation.
125ताली बजाने वाले समझते हैं हम बनेंगे ? tālī bajānē vālē samajhtē haĩ ham banē̃gē ? tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? clapping play[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] we become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
168Do those of you who were clapping feel that you will become this?
126फिर यह नहीं कहना कि बाबा बनने तो चाहते थे लेकिन क्या करें , यह हो गया , वह हो गया . phir yah nahī̃ kahnā ki bābā bannē tō chāhtē thē lēkin kyā karē̃ , yah hō gayā , vah hō gayā . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] bābā bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] tō chāhnā[hab-past.pl.m.] lēkin kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . (then|turn[root]) this not say[inf.m.sg.d.] that Baba become[inf.m.pl.,o.] then x[hab-past.pl.m.] but what do[opt.pl.12hon3] , this be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , that be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
169So, don't say that you wanted to become this, but what could you do, because suchandsuch happened?
127ऐसी बातों से भी मुक्ति . aisī bātō̃ sē bhī mukti . aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . such matter from too liberation .
170You now have to become free from these things also.
128बनना ही है . bannā hī hai . bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
171You have to become this.
129क्या करें , नहीं . kyā karē̃ , nahī̃ . kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , nahī̃[neg] . what do[opt.pl.12hon3] , not .
172Do not say, “What can I do?”
130इस भाषा से भी मुक्ति . is bhāṣhā sē bhī mukti . yah[pn.sg.o.] bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . this language from too liberation .
173You have to become free from this language also.
131होना ही है , बनना ही है , कुछ भी हो जाए . hōnā hī hai , bannā hī hai , kuchh bhī hō jāē . hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , anything be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
174You have to become this. 175No matter what happens, you have to become this.
132बापदादा ने पहले भी कहा 100 हिमालय जितने बड़े ते बड़े विघ्न भी आ जाएं तो भी हटेंगे नहीं , हार नहीं खायेंगे , ताजपोशी मुक्ति वर्ष अवश्य मनायेंगे . bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī kahā 100 himālay jitnē baṛē tē baṛē vighna bhī ā jāē̃ tō bhī haṭē̃gē nahī̃ , hār nahī̃ khāyēṅgē , tājpōśhī mukti varṣh avaśhya manāyēṅgē . bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] 100 himālay[n.m.;sg.,d.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ānā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] tō bhī[x] haṭnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nahī̃[neg] , hārnā[root]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] khānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , tājpōśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] avaśhya manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too say[past-part.m.sg.d.] 100 x the more very from very obstacle too come[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] ∅ move backwards[fut.m.pl.12hon3] not , (x[root]|x) not eat[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , coronation liberation year x celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
176BapDada also told you earlier that even if you have to face an obstacle greater than a hundred Himalayas, you must not step away from it; you must not be defeated. 177You will definitely celebrate the coronation and the year of liberation.
133बापदादा रोज़ चार्ट देखेगा . bāpdādā rōz chart dēkhēgā . bāpdādā rōz chart dēkhnā[fut.m.sg.23] . BapDada day chart see[fut.m.sg.23] .
178BapDada will look at your chart every day.
134ऐसे नहीं यहाँ से जाओ तो ट्रेन में ही कहो पता नहीं क्या हो गया , घर में गये तो बगुले और हंस की लड़ाई लग गई , ऐसे नहीं कहना यह हो गया , यह हो गया … . aisē nahī̃ yahā̃ sē jāō tō train mē̃ hī kahō patā nahī̃ kyā hō gayā , ghar mē̃ gayē tō bagulē aur hans kī|key laṛāī lag gaī , aisē nahī̃ kahnā yah hō gayā , yah hō gayā … . aisē nahī̃[x] yahā̃ sē[postp.] jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō train mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō bagulā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] aur hãsnā[root]|hans[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key laṛānā[past-part.f.]|laṛāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] , aisē nahī̃[x] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] … . it isn't that here from go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then train in only say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] knowledge not what be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , home in go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] then stork and (laugh out[root]|swan) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) (x[past-part.f.]|war) x[past-part.f..root+jānā] , it isn't that say[inf.m.sg.d.] this be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , this be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] … .
179It should not be, that as soon as you leave here, you say in the train, “I don’t know what happened”. 180Or that, as soon as you returned home, the fighting between storks and swans began. 181Do not say that this or that just happened.
135यह नहीं सुनेंगे . yah nahī̃ sunē̃gē . yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] sunnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . this not listen[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
182Baba will no longer listen to this.
136आपके पत्र वेस्ट पेपर बॉक्स में डालेंगे , सुनेंगे नहीं . āpkē patra waste|west paper box mē̃ ḍālē̃gē , sunē̃gē nahī̃ . āp[pn.pl.kē] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] waste|west paper box mē̃[postp.] ḍālnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , sunnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nahī̃[neg] . you[.kē] x (waste|west) paper x in create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , listen[fut.m.pl.12hon3] not .
183Baba will put your letter in the waste paper basket. 184Baba will hear none of this!
137दृढ़ संकल्प करो - होना ही है . dr̥iṛh saṅkalp karō - hōnā hī hai . dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . determined thought do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
185Have the determination to make this happen.
138जहाँ दृढ़ता है वहाँ सफलता नहीं हो , असम्भव है . jahā̃ dr̥iṛhtā hai vahā̃ saphaltā nahī̃ hō , asambhav hai . jahā̃ dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , asambhav[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . where there determination be[pres.sg.23] there success not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , impossible be[pres.sg.23] .
186Where there is determination, it is impossible not to be successful.
139तो सभी दृढ़ संकल्प वाले हैं ना . tō sabhī dr̥iṛh saṅkalp vālē haĩ nā . tō sab[adv.hī] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . then all determined thought those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
187So, all of you have determination, do you not? 188Teachers, raise your hand!
140टीचर्स हाथ उठाओ , टीचर्स बहुत हैं . teachers hāth uṭhāō , teachers bahut haĩ . teacher hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , teacher bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . teacher raise your hands , teacher very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
189There are many teachers. 190Have you all left your centres empty?
141सारे सेन्टर्स खाली करके आये हैं क्या ? sārē centres khālī karkē āyē haĩ kyā ? sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] centre khālī[adj.] karnā[abs.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] kyā ? the whole centre empty do[abs.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] what ?
191Many teachers have come! 192Look, Baba would like to give you some good news.
142देखो एक खुशखबरी सुनाते हैं - बापदादा ने देखा , अभी देखा है , सुना है कि सर्व मधुबन वालों ने अपने परिवर्तन का लक्ष्य बहुत अच्छा रखा है , लक्षण तो देखेंगे लेकिन लक्ष्य बहुत अच्छा रखा है , अपने में अन्तर जो आया है वह भी लिखा है लेकिन बापदादा को खुशी है अन्तर आना शुरू हुआ , आगे होता रहेगा . dēkhō ēk khuśhkhabarī sunātē haĩ - bāpdādā nē dēkhā , abhī dēkhā hai , sunā hai ki sarv madhuban vālō̃ nē apnē parivartan kā lakṣhya bahut achchhā rakhā hai , lakṣhaṇ tō dēkhē̃gē lēkin lakṣhya bahut achchhā rakhā hai , apnē mē̃ antar jō āyā hai vah bhī likhā hai lēkin bāpdādā kō khuśhī hai antar ānā śhurū huā , āgē hōtā rahēgā . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ēk[adj.] khuśhkhabarī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , sunnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] sarv[adj.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin lakṣhya[adj.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] likhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin bāpdādā kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] śhurū hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , āgē hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] one good news speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] , now see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , listen[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that all Madhuban those who ∅ one’s own transformation of aim very achcha keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , qualification then see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but aim very achcha keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , one’s own in difference that come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that too write[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but BapDada to happiness be[pres.sg.23] difference (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) x , previously be[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
193BapDada saw and also heard just now that all Madhuban niwasis have kept a very good aim for their transformation. 194Of course, Baba will look at their qualifications also. 195They have also written about the transformation that has taken place in themselves. 196BapDada is pleased that the transformation that has begun to take place will continue.
143लेकिन सभी ने अपने दृढ़ संकल्प का उमंग-उत्साह अच्छा दिखाया है . lēkin sabhī nē apnē dr̥iṛh saṅkalp kā umaṅg-utsāh achchhā dikhāyā hai . lēkin sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dikhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . but all ∅ one’s own determined thought of zeal and enthusiasm achcha x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
197All of them have shown very good zeal and enthusiasm in their determination. 198At the moment, it is just on paper.
144अभी कागज में है लेकिन कागज में भी पहला कदम तो है . abhī kāgaj mē̃ hai lēkin kāgaj mē̃ bhī pahlā kadam tō hai . ab[adv.hī] kāġaz[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin kāġaz[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now paper in be[pres.sg.23] but paper in too x step then be[pres.sg.23] .
199However, at least the first step of putting it on paper has been taken.
145तो बापदादा को खुशी हुई क्यों ? tō bāpdādā kō khuśhī huī kyō̃ ? tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[past-part.f.] kyō̃ ? then BapDada to happiness be[past-part.f.] why ?
200So BapDada is pleased. 201Why?
146सारे वर्ल्ड के लिए हे अर्जुन मधुबन निवासी हैं . sārē world kē liē hē arjun madhuban nivāsī haĩ . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] world kē liē[x] hē arjun madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . the whole world for x Arjuna Madhuban resident be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
202Because the Madhuban niwasis are Arjunas for the whole world.
147निमित्त मधुबन निवासी हैं , सेकण्ड नम्बर देश-विदेश की निमित्त सेवाधारी टीचर्स हैं और सर्व सहयोगी साथी सारा परिवार ब्राह्मण आत्माये हैं . nimitt madhuban nivāsī haĩ , second number dēśh-vidēśh kī|key nimitt sēvādhārī teachers haĩ aur sarv sahyōgī sāthī sārā parivār brāhmaṇ ātmāyē haĩ . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , second number[x] dēśh-vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] teacher hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur sarv[adj.] sahyōgī[adj.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . instrument Madhuban resident be[pres.pl.12hon3] , x x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) instrument server teacher be[pres.pl.12hon3] and all co-operative companion the whole family Brahmin soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
203Madhuban niwasis are the instruments. 204The second number are the instrument teachers from this land and abroad. 205And all the Brahmin souls of the entire family are totally cooperative.
148तो मधुबन का नक्शा बापदादा देखेंगे वह बिल्कुल बदला हुआ दिखाई दे . tō madhuban kā nakśhā bāpdādā dēkhē̃gē vah bilkul badlā|badalā huā dikhāī dē . tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nakśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bāpdādā dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] bilkul[adv.] badlānā[root]|badlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|badalnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] . then Madhuban of map BapDada see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that at all (x[root]|x|change[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] be visible .
206BapDada will look at the map of the Madhuban niwasis to see whether they are totally transformed.
149मधुबन वाले तो कम आये होंगे . madhuban vālē tō kam|cum āyē hōṅgē . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō kam[adj.]|cum ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . Madhuban those who then (less|x) (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
207There must be very few who have come from Madhuban.
150कईयों ने तो लिखा ही नहीं है . kaīyō̃ nē tō likhā hī nahī̃ hai . kaī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] tō likhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|likhānā[root] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . some ∅ then (write[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) only not be[pres.sg.23] .
208Many have not even written anything.
151आगे बैठने वालों ने कम लिखा है , बहुत बिजी रहे हैं . āgē baiṭhnē vālō̃ nē kam|cum likhā hai , bahut busy rahē haĩ . āgē baiṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] kam[adj.]|cum likhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , bahut busy rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . previously sit[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who ∅ (less|x) write[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , very busy remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
209Very few of those who sit at the front have written. 210They have been too busy!
152लेकिन जब काम मिलता है तो लिखने में भी मार्क्स जमा होती हैं . lēkin jab kām miltā hai tō likhnē mē̃ bhī marks jamā hōtī haĩ . lēkin jab kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō likhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] mark jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . but when (lust|task) receive[pres.sg.m.23] then write[inf.m.pl.,o.] in too mark (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .
211However, when you are given a task, you also accumulate marks in actually writing that.
153अगर नहीं लिखा तो मार्क्स एकस्ट्रा कम हो गई , नुकसान कर दिया . agar nahī̃ likhā tō marks extra kam hō gaī , nuksān kar diyā . agar nahī̃[neg] likhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|likhānā[root] tō mark extra kam hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] , nuksān karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] . if not (write[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) then mark extra decrease , x .
212If you do not write, then you do not gain extra marks, and so you cause yourself a loss.
154जो भी डायरेक्शन मिलते हैं , डायरेक्ट बाप द्वारा मिलते हैं , चाहे निमित्त आत्मायें दादियों द्वारा मिलते हैं , उसको रिगार्ड देना अति आवश्यक है . jō bhī direction miltē haĩ , direct bāp dvārā miltē haĩ , chāhē nimitt ātmāyē̃ dādiyō̃ dvārā miltē haĩ , uskō regard dēnā ati āvaśhyak hai . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] direction milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , direct bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] dvārā milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.kō] regard dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ati āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that too direction receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , direct father through receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) instrument soul Dadi through receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that[.kō] regard give[inf.m.sg.d.] x x be[pres.sg.23] .
213Whatever directions you receive, even if the instrument souls, the Dadis, give them to you, they are given directly by the Father. 214It is very essential to give them that regard.
155इसमें न बहाना देना , न अलबेलापन करना . ismē̃ na bahānā dēnā , na albēlāpan karnā . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] na[neg] bahānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|bahānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , na[neg] albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this[.mē̃] not (shed[inf.m.sg.d.]|shed[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]) give[inf.m.sg.d.] , not carelessness do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
215You must not make excuses about this nor must you be careless.
156आगे के लिए बापदादा बता देता है कि मार्क्स जमा नहीं हुई . āgē kē liē bāpdādā batā dētā hai ki marks jamā nahī̃ huī . āgē kē liē[x] bāpdādā batānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] ki[conj.] mark jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.f.] . previously for BapDada tell[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] that mark (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) not be[past-part.f.] .
216BapDada is telling you for the future that if you don't do this, you will not accumulate marks for it.
157इसलिए इसको महत्व देना अर्थात् महान बनना . isliē iskō mahatva dēnā arthāt mahān bannā . isliē yah[pn.sg.kō] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt mahān, mahā[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . therefore this[.kō] importance give[inf.m.sg.d.] that is great become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
217Therefore, to give importance to this is to become great.
158हल्की बात नहीं करो . halkī bāt nahī̃ karō . halkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . light matter not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
218Do not become loose in anything.
159बच्चे बड़े चतुर हैं , कहेंगे बापदादा तो जानते ही हैं ना . bachchē baṛē chatur haĩ , kahē̃gē bāpdādā tō jāntē hī haĩ nā . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chatur[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] bāpdādā tō jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . child very x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] BapDada then know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
219Achcha, what would you then say to this? 220Children are very clever.
160जानते तो हैं लेकिन कहा क्यों ? jāntē tō haĩ lēkin kahā kyō̃ ? jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kyō̃ ? know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then be[pres.pl.12hon3] but say[past-part.m.sg.d.] why ?
221They would say, “BapDada knows everything, anyway!”
161जानते हुए कहा ना ! jāntē huē kahā nā ! jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā ! know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] say[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ ! 162तो ऐसे छुड़ाना नहीं चाहिए , बहुत ऐसे कार्य हैं , छोटे-छोटे जिसको हाँ जी करने में एक्स्ट्रा मार्क्स जमा होती हैं . tō aisē chhuṛānā nahī̃ chāhiē , bahut aisē kārya haĩ , chhōṭē-chhōṭē jiskō hā̃ jī karnē mē̃ extra marks jamā hōtī haĩ . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chhuṛānā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] , bahut aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.sg.kō] hā̃ jī[x] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] extra mark jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . then such free[inf.m.sg.d.] not (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) , very such task be[pres.pl.12hon3] , small that[.kō] yes do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in extra mark (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .
222Although He does know everything, why should He tell you to do this? 223He has told you to do this even though He knows everything, has He not? 224So, you shouldn’t free yourself from this just like that.
163कई ऐसे स्टूडेन्टस हैं जो किसी भी पास्ट के संस्कार के वश बहुत अच्छे उमंग-उत्साह में बढ़ते हैं लेकिन कोई न कोई सुनहरी धागा , बहुत महीन धागा उनको आगे बढ़ने नहीं देता . kaī aisē students haĩ jō kisī bhī past kē|K saṅskār kē|K vaśh bahut achchhē umaṅg-utsāh mē̃ baṛhtē haĩ lēkin kōī na kōī sunahrī dhāgā , bahut mahīn dhāgā unkō āgē baṛhnē nahī̃ dētā . kaī aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] student hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] past kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vaśh[x] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin kōī na kōī[x] sunahrī[adj.] dhāgā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , bahut mahīn[adj.] dhāgā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] vah[pn.pl.kō] āgē baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . some such student be[pres.pl.12hon3] that (some|anything) too past (of|K) sanskar (of|K) control very achcha zeal and enthusiasm in grow[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but one .. or another golden thread , very refined thread that[.kō] previously grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] not give[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
225There are many such small tasks in which you can accumulate extra marks by saying, “Ha ji”. 226There are such students who should be moving ahead with great zeal and enthusiasm, but, because of their past sanskars, one or another very subtle golden thread doesn’t allow them to move forward.
164वह समझते भी हैं कि यह महीन धागा रहा हुआ है , लेकिन … लेकिन ही कहेंगे . vah samajhtē bhī haĩ ki yah mahīn dhāgā rahā huā hai , lēkin … lēkin hī kahē̃gē . vah[pn.sg.d.] samajhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] mahīn[adj.] dhāgā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rahānā[root]|rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , lēkin … lēkin hī[p.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . that understand[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] that this refined thread (enable to live[root]|remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , but … but only say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
227They even understand that this subtle thread still remains in them, but…! 228One can only say, “But!”
165लेकिन ऐसे भी पुरुषार्थी हैं जो छोटी-छोटी कामन बातों में हाँ जी करने से मार्क्स ले लेते हैं . lēkin aisē bhī puruṣhārthī haĩ jō chhōṭī-chhōṭī common bātō̃ mē̃ hā̃ jī karnē sē marks lē lētē haĩ . lēkin aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] purūṣhārthī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] common bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] hā̃ jī[x] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] mark lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] . but such too effort-maker be[pres.pl.12hon3] that small x matter in yes do[inf.m.pl.,o.] from mark take[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] .
229However, there are such effortmakers who can even claim extra marks for just saying “ha ji” over small, common things.
166और हो सकता है कि वह थोड़ी-थोड़ी मार्क्स इकट्ठी होते हुए वह आगे भी निकल सकते हैं , ऐसे भी बापदादा के पास एक्जैम्पुल के रूप में हैं इसलिए सहज तरीका है छोटी-छोटी हाँ जी करने में मार्क्स जमा करते जाओ . aur hō saktā hai ki vah thōṛī-thōṛī marks ikaṭṭhī hōtē huē vah āgē bhī nikal saktē haĩ , aisē bhī bāpdādā kē pās example kē|K rūp mē̃ haĩ isliē sahaj tarīkā hai chhōṭī-chhōṭī hā̃ jī karnē mē̃ marks jamā kartē jāō . aur hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ki[conj.] vah[pn.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mark ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] vah[pn.sg.d.] āgē bhī[p.] nikalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā kē pās[x] example kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] isliē sahaj[adj.] tarīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hā̃ jī[x] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] mark jamā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] . and be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] that that short mark together be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] that previously too be extracted[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , such too BapDada to example (of|K) Rup in be[pres.pl.12hon3] therefore easy method be[pres.sg.23] small yes do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in mark accumulate .
230It is possible to accumulate a few marks in each of these little things, and thereby move forward a great deal. 231BapDada has seen such examples. 232Therefore, the easy way to continue to accumulate marks is by saying “ha ji” in small things.
167कट नहीं करो , जमा करो . kaṭ nahī̃ karō , jamā karō . kaṭ[x]|kaṭnā[root] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jamā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x|be cut away[root]) not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , accumulate .
233Do not cut your marks, but accumulate them.
168बाकी बापदादा ने देखा मैजारिटी ने अपना उमंग-उत्साह अच्छा दिखाया है इसलिए दृढ़ संकल्प के लिए विशेष उन मधुबन निवासी बच्चों को बापदादा हाँ जी करने की मुबारक देते हैं . bākī bāpdādā nē dēkhā majority nē apnā umaṅg-utsāh achchhā dikhāyā hai isliē dr̥iṛh saṅkalp kē liē viśhēṣh un madhuban nivāsī bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā hā̃ jī karnē kī|key mubārak dētē haĩ . bākī|bākī bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] majority nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dikhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] isliē dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] viśhēṣh[adj.] vah[pn.pl.o.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā hā̃ jī[x] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (others|but) BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] majority ∅ (one’s own|adopt[root]) zeal and enthusiasm achcha x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] therefore determined thought for special that Madhuban resident child to BapDada yes do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
234BapDada saw that the majority has shown very good zeal and enthusiasm. 235This is why BapDada specially congratulates those Madhuban niwasis who say “ha ji” with determination.
169यादप्यार भी दे रहे हैं . yādpyār bhī dē rahē haĩ . yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . love, remembrance too give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
236Baba also gives them love and remembrance.
170लाख-लाख गुणा यादप्यार दे रहे हैं . lākh-lākh guṇā yādpyār dē rahē haĩ . lākh[x] guṇā yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . 100,000 fold love, remembrance give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . 171क्यों ? kyō̃ ? kyō̃ ? why ?
237Baba gives them a hundredthousand times love and remembrance.
172मधुबन है बापदादा के स्वरूप को प्रत्यक्ष करने का शीशमहल . madhuban hai bāpdādā kē|K svarūp kō pratyakṣha karnē kā śhīśhmahal . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhīśhmahal[n.m.;sg.,d.] . Madhuban be[pres.sg.23] BapDada (of|K) form to visible do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of palace of mirrors .
238Why? 239Madhuban is the palace of mirrors that will reveal BapDada’s form.
173तो एक बात की तो खुशी है , अभी कागज में आया हुआ , कर्म में लाना ही है . tō ēk bāt kī|key tō khuśhī hai , abhī kāgaj mē̃ āyā huā , karma mē̃ lānā hī hai . tō ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key tō khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ab[adv.hī] kāġaz[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then one matter (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) then happiness be[pres.sg.23] , now paper in come[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , deed in x[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
240So, Baba is happy about one thing. 241Now, whatever you have written down has to be put into practice.
174ठीक है ना ! ṭhīk hai nā ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
242Is this O.K.?
175अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
243Achcha.
176मुबारक हो . mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
244Congratulations!
17730 वर्ष वाले तो बहुत मौज में हैं ना ! 30 varṣh vālē tō bahut mauj mē̃ haĩ nā ! 30 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō bahut mauj[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā ! 30 year those who then very pleasure in be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ ! 178 ( 1000 आये हैं ) देखो बापदादा कहेंगे उठ जाओ , तो मातायें इसके बजाए आगे आ जायेंगी , इसलिए उठाते नहीं हैं . ( 1000 āyē haĩ ) dēkhō bāpdādā kahē̃gē uṭh jāō , tō mātāyē̃ iskē bajāē āgē ā jāyēṅgī , isliē uṭhātē nahī̃ haĩ . ( 1000 ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāpdādā kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , tō mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] yah[pn.sg.kē] bajāē|bajānā[opt.sg.23]|bajānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] āgē ānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , isliē uṭhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . ( 1000 come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] BapDada say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , then mother this[.kē] (x|play[opt.sg.23]|play[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) previously come[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , therefore uplift[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
245Those of you who have been with Baba for thirty years or more are enjoying yourselves a great deal, are you not? 246(1000). 247BapDada would say, “Stand up”, but instead of doing this, the mothers would come to the front.
179सेरीमनी वाले हाथ खड़ा करो . ceremony vālē hāth khaṛā karō . ceremony vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] khaṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ceremony those who hand standing do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
248This is why Baba is not asking you to stand up.
180बापदादा को इस ग्रुप के लिए बहुत-बहुत-बहुत दिल से सम्मान है क्यों ? bāpdādā kō is group kē liē bahut-bahut-bahut dil sē sammān hai kyō̃ ? bāpdādā kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] group kē liē[x] bahut dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sammān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyō̃ ? BapDada to this group for very heart from respect be[pres.sg.23] why ?
249Those who participated in the ceremony, raise your hands! 250BapDada has lots and lots and lots of regard in His heart for this group.
181यही पाण्डव हैं , यही मातायें हैं जिन्होंने सेवा की स्थापना में , सेन्टर्स स्थापन करने में जब बेगरी लाइफ थी , बेगरी लाइफ में सेन्टर खुले हैं , ऐसे आईवेल के समय इस सेना ने अपने तन-मन-धन से निमित्त बन के सेवास्थान स्थापन किये हैं . yahī pāṇḍav haĩ , yahī mātāyē̃ haĩ jinhōnnē sēvā kī|key sthāpanā mē̃ , centres sthāpan karnē mē̃ jab beggary life thī , beggary life mē̃ centre khulē haĩ , aisē āīvēl kē|K samay is sēnā nē apnē tan-man-dhan sē nimitt ban kē|K sēvāsthān sthāpan kiyē haĩ . yahī[pn.;d.] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , yahī[pn.;d.] mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.pl.nē] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , centre sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] jab beggary life[x] hōnā[past.f] , beggary life[x] mē̃[postp.] centre khulnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āīvēl[adv.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] sēnā[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tan-man-dhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sēvāsthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . this Pandava be[pres.pl.12hon3] , this mother be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.nē] service (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) establishment in , centre establishment do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in when beggary life be[past.f] , beggary life in centre open up[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , such at the time of crisis (of|K) time this army ∅ one’s own body, mind and wealth from instrument (become[root]|x) (of|K) service place establishment do[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
251Why? 252These are the Pandavs and the mothers who were the beginning of the establishment of service. 253At that time, it was a beggary life, but centres were opened and they became the instruments to help establish those centres with their body, mind and wealth at that time of need.
182आईवेल के समय जो सहयोगी बनता है उनका आठ आना , आठ करोड़ बन जाते हैं . āīvēl kē|K samay jō sahyōgī bantā hai unkā āṭh ānā , āṭh krōṛ ban jātē haĩ . āīvēl[adv.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.pl.kā] āṭh[adj.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , āṭh[adj.] krōṛ[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . at the time of crisis (of|K) time that co-operative become[pres.sg.m.23] that[.kā] eight (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) , eight 10 million become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
254For those who cooperate at the time of need, eight annas (half a rupee) become equal to eight crores (80 million).
183बापदादा को याद है - खुद बांधेली होते हुए भी एक कटोरी में आटा , एक कटोरी में चीनी , एक कटोरी में घी , ऐसे कटोरी-कटोरी करके लाती थी . bāpdādā kō yād hai - khud bāndhēlī hōtē huē bhī ēk kaṭōrī mē̃ āṭā , ēk kaṭōrī mē̃ chīnī , ēk kaṭōrī mē̃ ghī , aisē kaṭōrī-kaṭōrī karkē lātī thī . bāpdādā kō[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - khud bāndhēlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] kaṭōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] āṭā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , ēk[adj.] kaṭōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] chīnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , ēk[adj.] kaṭōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ghī[x] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kaṭōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[abs.] lānā[hab-past.f.] . BapDada to remembrance be[pres.sg.23] - oneself bound be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] too one x in x , one x in Chinese , one x in ghee , such x do[abs.] x[hab-past.f.] .
255BapDada remembers those who were in bondage but would still bring a little bowl of flour, a little bowl of sugar and a little bowl of ghee. 256They would bring things in small amounts.
184तो सोचो कितने सच्ची दिल वाले रहे . tō sōchō kitnē sachchī dil vālē rahē . tō sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . then think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so true heart those who (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
257So think how honesthearted they must have been!
185अपने घर खर्चे से बापदादा के सेन्टर चलाये हैं , अपने पर्सनल जमा खाते से , अपने खर्चे से बचत करके सेन्टर स्थापन किये हैं , तो कितना भाग्य है इन्हों का ! apnē ghar kharchē sē bāpdādā kē|K centre chalāyē haĩ , apnē personal jamā khātē sē , apnē kharchē sē bachat karkē centre sthāpan kiyē haĩ , tō kitnā bhāgya hai inhō̃ kā ! apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kharch, kharchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K centre chalānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] personal jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kharch, kharchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] bachat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] centre sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! one’s own home expenditure from BapDada (of|K) centre x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , one’s own x (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) (account|eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]) from , one’s own expenditure from x do[abs.] centre establishment do[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , then so x be[pres.sg.23] this of !
258They ran BapDada’s centres with the expenses of their own homes. 259They established centres by using their personal accounts and savings. 260So how great their fortune must be!
186ऐसे समय पर सहयोगी आत्माओं को बापदादा भी नमस्ते कहते हैं . aisē samay par sahyōgī ātmāō̃ kō bāpdādā bhī namastē kahtē haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sahyōgī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā bhī[p.] namastē kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . such time (at|other) co-operative soul to BapDada too x say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
261At that time, BapDada saluted those cooperative souls. 262Their experiences are very good.
187इन्हों के अनुभव बहुत अच्छे हैं , सारा भागवत इन्हों का है . inhō̃ kē|K anubhav bahut achchhē haĩ , sārā bhāgavat inhō̃ kā hai . yah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgavat[x] yah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this (of|K) experience very achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] , the whole x this of be[pres.sg.23] .
263The entire Bhagawad is their experience. 264This is why BapDada is pleased.
188इसलिए बापदादा खुश हैं और सभी बहुत उमंग-उत्साह से प्रयत्न कर पहुंच गये हैं , उसके लिए भी बापदादा खुश हैं . isliē bāpdādā khuśh haĩ aur sabhī bahut umaṅg-utsāh sē prayatna kar pahuñch gayē haĩ , uskē liē bhī bāpdādā khuśh haĩ . isliē bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur sab[adv.hī] bahut umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] prayatna[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , uskā[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē bhī[p.] bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . therefore BapDada happy be[pres.pl.12hon3] and all very zeal and enthusiasm from x do[root] reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , of that[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) too BapDada happy be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
265All of them have made effort to reach here with a lot of zeal and enthusiasm. 266BapDada is pleased with this also. 267At least you have come here with your walking sticks.
189लकड़ियां लेके चली तो आई हैं . lakaṛiyā̃ lēkē chalī tō āī haĩ . x lēnā[abs.] chalnā[past-part.f.] tō ānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] . x take[abs.] continue[past-part.f.] then come[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] .
268You have two legs, whereas they (old mothers) have three legs.
190आपको दो टांगे हैं , इन्हों को तीन टांगे हैं . āpkō dō ṭāṅgē haĩ , inhō̃ kō tīn ṭāṅgē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.kō] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] ṭāṅg[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] tīn[adj.] ṭāṅg[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . you[.kō] (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) leg be[pres.pl.12hon3] , this to x leg be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
269The scene when they walk is very good. 270Watch them walk!
191जब चलती हैं तो सीन तो अच्छी लगती है ना . jab chaltī haĩ tō scene tō achchhī lagtī hai nā . jab chalnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] tō scene tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā . when continue[pres.pl.f.12hon3] then scene then achcha x[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ . 192इन्हों को चलाके देखो . inhō̃ kō calākē dēkhō . yah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] x dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this to x see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
271Tomorrow, have them go on a small pilgrimage from the class to the bhandara and see how they walk.
193कल इन्हों की थोड़ी यात्रा निकालना , क्लास से भण्डारे तक बस . kal inhō̃ kī|key thōṛī yātrā nikālnā , class sē bhaṇḍārē tak bas . kal yah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] yātrā[n.f.;sg.] nikālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , class sē[postp.] bhanḍārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tak basnā[root]|bas . x this (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) short pilgrimage x[inf.m.sg.d.] , class from treasure store until (x[root]|simply) .
272See how they walk! 273It will be a very good scene. 274None of you should fall over.
194देखना कैसे चलती हैं , बहुत अच्छी सीन लगेगी . dēkhnā kaisē chaltī haĩ , bahut achchhī scene lagēgī . dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chalnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] scene lagnā[fut.f.sg.23] . see[inf.m.sg.d.] how continue[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , very achcha scene x[fut.f.sg.23] .
275If you are someone who might fall, then just sit down!
195कोई भी गिरना नहीं . kōī bhī girnā nahī̃ . kōī bhī[x] girnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . anyone fall down[inf.m.sg.d.] not .
276Do not fall over.
196अगर गिरने वाले हो तो बैठ जाना , गिरना नहीं . agar girnē vālē hō tō baiṭh jānā , girnā nahī̃ . agar girnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō baiṭhnā[root] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , girnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . if fall down[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then sit[root] (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) , fall down[inf.m.sg.d.] not .
277BapDada wants to make you dance, but all of you would be disturbed.
197देखो बापदादा तो चाहते हैं इन्हों को डांस करायें लेकिन आप सब डिस्टर्ब हो जायेंगे , इसलिए बैठे ही बैठे खुशी में नाचो , हाथ पांव से नहीं . dēkhō bāpdādā tō chāhtē haĩ inhō̃ kō dance karāyē̃ lēkin āp sab disturb hō jāyēṅgē , isliē baiṭhē hī baiṭhē khuśhī mē̃ nāchō , hāth pāṅw sē nahī̃ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāpdādā tō chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] dance karānā[opt.pl.12hon3] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] disturb hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , isliē baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] hī[p.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nāchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] BapDada then x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] this to dance make commit[opt.pl.12hon3] but you all disturb be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , therefore (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) only (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) happiness in dance[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , hand foot from not .
278Therefore, dance in happiness whilst sitting, not with your hands and feet. 279It is good. 280All of you also enjoyed this, did you not? 281The blessings of the old ones are very good.
198अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
282Pandavs are also very good.
199आप लोगों को भी अच्छा लगा ना . āp lōgō̃ kō bhī achchhā lagā nā . āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā . you people to too achcha (x|attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ∅ .
283The cooperation Pandavs have given is no less.
200बुजुर्गों की दुआयें बहुत अच्छी होती हैं . bujurgō̃ kī|key duāyē̃ bahut achchhī hōtī haĩ . bujurg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . older one (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) blessing very achcha be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .
284It has been the Pandavs who were running around.
201पाण्डव भी अच्छे हैं , पाण्डवों ने भी सहयोग कम नहीं दिया है . pāṇḍav bhī achchhē haĩ , pāṇḍavō̃ nē bhī sahyōg kam|cum nahī̃ diyā hai . pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bhī[p.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kam[adj.]|cum nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . Pandava too achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] , Pandava ∅ too cooperation (less|x) not give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
285Therefore, you Pandavs have received many, many blessings from BapDada and the whole family. 286Achcha.
202भागदौड़ करने वाले तो पाण्डव ही रहे हैं . bhāgdauṛ karnē vālē tō pāṇḍav hī rahē haĩ . bhāg-dauṛ[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . running around do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who then Pandava only remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . 203इसीलिए पाण्डवों को भी दिल से बापदादा और सर्व परिवार की तरफ से बहुत-बहुत दुआयें हैं . isīliē pāṇḍavō̃ kō bhī dil sē bāpdādā aur sarv parivār kī|key taraph sē bahut-bahut duāyē̃ haĩ . isīliē pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bāpdādā aur sarv[adj.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bahut duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x Pandava to too heart from BapDada and all family (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) direction from very blessing be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
287(Couples who have been celibate from birth are also sitting here.)Those who have been celibate from birth, remain in your own place and stand up. 288Achcha. 289All of them are sitting together.
204अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
290Wave your hands!
205 ( बाल ब्रह्मचारी युगल भी बैठे हैं ) जो बाल ब्रह्मचारी हैं वह अपनी जगह पर ही उठकर खड़े हो जाओ , अच्छा यह इकट्ठे बैठे हैं . ( bāl brahmchārī yugal bhī baiṭhē haĩ ) jō bāl brahmchārī haĩ vah apnī jagah par hī uṭhkar khaṛē hō jāō , achchhā yah ikaṭṭhē baiṭhē haĩ . ( bāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] brahmchārī[x] yugal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) jō[pn.;d.] bāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] brahmchārī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] jagah[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hī[p.] uṭhnā[abs.] khaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . ( x those who wish to remain celibate partner too sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) that x those who wish to remain celibate be[pres.pl.12hon3] that one’s own x (at|other) only wake up[abs.] standing be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , achcha this together sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
291Look, you will receive or have already received a prize for the vow that you took and fulfilled until now. 292For the future, your purity should not be broken in your thoughts or even your dreams.
206हाथ हिलाओ . hāth hilāō . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . hand make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 207देखो अब तक जो विजय का व्रत लिया है उसमें रहने का इनाम तो मिलना ही है , मिला भी है . dēkhō ab tak jō vijay kā vrat liyā hai usmē̃ rahnē kā inām tō milnā hī hai , milā bhī hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ab[adv.] tak jō[pn.;d.] vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vrat[x] lēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] inām[x] tō milnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] now until that victory of fast take[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that[.mē̃] remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] of prize then receive[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) too be[pres.sg.23] .
293Unbroken purity is the aim and qualification of one who is celibate from birth. 294You received congratulations for the moment you took the vow up to now.
208आगे के लिए सदा स्वप्न मात्र भी , संकल्प मात्र भी पवित्रता का खण्डन नहीं हो . āgē kē liē sadā svapn mātra bhī , saṅkalp mātra bhī pavitratā kā khaṇḍan nahī̃ hō . āgē kē liē[x] sadā svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mātra bhī[p.] , saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mātra bhī[p.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khaṇḍan[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . previously for constantly dream just too , thought just too purity of falsified not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
295However, for the future also, BapDada says that you have to claim the immortal blessing of always being celibate from birth.
209अखण्ड पवित्रता - यह है बाल ब्रह्मचारियों का लक्ष्य और लक्षण . akhaṇḍ pavitratā - yah hai bāl brahmchāriyō̃ kā lakṣhya aur lakṣhaṇ . akhaṇḍ[adj.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] - yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] brahmchārī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] aur lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] . constant purity - this be[pres.sg.23] x those who wish to remain celibate of aim and qualification .
296You are immortal, are you not? 297You have not broken your vow, have you? 298Broken images (idols) are never worshipped.
210अभी तक की मुबारक है लेकिन आगे भी बापदादा यही कहेंगे कि सदा अमर भव के वरदानी रहना ही है . abhī tak kī|key mubārak hai lēkin āgē bhī bāpdādā yahī kahē̃gē ki sadā amar bhav kē|K vardānī rahnā hī hai . ab[adv.hī] tak kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin āgē bhī[p.] bāpdādā yahī[pn.;d.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] sadā amar[adj.] bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhav kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vardānī[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now until (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) congratulations be[pres.sg.23] but previously too BapDada this say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that constantly immortal (x|may you be) (of|K) bestower of blessings remain[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
299So, if you break any vow, you cannot be a soul who is eternally blessed. 300You have to become worthy of worship from the beginning of the copper age to the end of the iron age.
211अमर हैं ना ! amar haĩ nā ! amar[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā ! immortal be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ ! 212खण्डित तो नहीं ना ! khaṇḍit tō nahī̃ nā ! khaṇḍit[adj.] tō nahī̃[neg] nā ! x then not ∅ !
301So, those who break their vow cannot become special deities.
213देखो खण्डित मूर्ति का कभी पूजन नहीं होता है , तो कोई भी व्रत अगर खण्डित होता है तो वह अमर वरदानी आत्मा नहीं बन सकता है और ऐसा पूज्य जो द्वापर से कलियुग अन्त तक पूज्य बने , ऐसे इष्ट नहीं बन सकते , इसलिए सदा अमरभव . dēkhō khaṇḍit mūrti kā kabhī pūjan nahī̃ hōtā hai , tō kōī bhī vrat agar khaṇḍit hōtā hai tō vah amar vardānī ātmā nahī̃ ban saktā hai aur aisā pūjya jō dvāpar sē kaliyug ant tak pūjya banē , aisē iṣhṭ nahī̃ ban saktē , isliē sadā amarbhav . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] khaṇḍit[adj.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kabhī[adv.] pūjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , tō kōī bhī[x] vrat[x] agar khaṇḍit[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] amar[adj.] vardānī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] aur aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pūjya[adj.] jō[pn.;d.] dvāpar sē[postp.] kaliyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak pūjya[adj.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] iṣhṭ[adj.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , isliē sadā amarbhav . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x image of ever worship not be[pres.sg.m.23] , then anyone fast if x be[pres.sg.m.23] then that immortal bestower of blessings soul not become[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] and such worthy of worship that copper age from iron age end until worthy of worship (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) , such special loved not (become[root]|x) can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , therefore constantly immortality .
302Therefore, may you constantly be immortal. 303Achcha, you have maintained courage. 304Because of your courage, you will continue to receive help. 305You have a right, but you have to remain completely celibate from birth, not one who is celibate for just five years or ten years.
214अच्छी हिम्मत रखी है , हिम्मत की मदद सदा मिलती रहेगी , अधिकारी हो लेकिन अखण्ड बाल ब्रह्मचारी . achchhī himmat rakhī hai , himmat kī|key madad sadā miltī rahēgī , adhikārī hō lēkin akhaṇḍ bāl brahmchārī . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key madad[n.f.;sg.] sadā milnā[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] , adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin akhaṇḍ[adj.] bāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] brahmchārī[x] . achcha courage keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , courage (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) x constantly receive[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] , (one) who has a right (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but constant x those who wish to remain celibate .
306For as long as you have this Brahmin life, you have to maintain the vow and not break it.
2155 वर्ष , 10 वर्ष - यह नहीं , अखण्ड . 5 varṣh , 10 varṣh - yah nahī̃ , akhaṇḍ . 5 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , 10 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] - yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , akhaṇḍ[adj.] . 5 year , 10 year - this not , constant .
307May you have the immortal blessing of this. 308Is this O.K.?
216जहाँ तक ब्राह्मण जीवन है , यह अमर भव के वरदानी रहें . jahā̃ tak brāhmaṇ jīvan hai , yah amar bhav kē|K vardānī rahē̃ . jahā̃ tak[x] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] amar[adj.] bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhav kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vardānī[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . as long as Brahmin life be[pres.sg.23] , this immortal (x|may you be) (of|K) bestower of blessings remain[opt.pl.12hon3] .
309Do you agree with this? 310Do you have enough courage for this?
217ठीक है ना ! ṭhīk hai nā ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
311Clap with one hand!
218मंजूर है ? mañjūr hai ? mañjūr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? agree be[pres.sg.23] ? 219हिम्मत है ? himmat hai ? himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? courage be[pres.sg.23] ? 220एक हाथ की ताली बजाओ . ēk hāth kī|key tālī bajāō . ēk[adj.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one hand (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) clapping play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
312Now learn how to clap with one hand, not with two! 313Achcha.
221 ( 10 साल वाले 200 डबल विदेशी भाई बहिनों की भी सेरीमनी है ) ( 10 sāl vālē 200 double vidēśhī bhāī bahinō̃ kī|key bhī ceremony hai ) ( 10 sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] 200 double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key bhī[p.] ceremony hōnā[pres.sg.23] ) ( 10 year those who 200 double foreigner (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) too ceremony be[pres.sg.23] ) 222यह तो बहुत लकी हैं . yah tō bahut lucky haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] tō bahut lucky hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this then very lucky be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
314(Ceremony of the double foreigners who have been in knowledge for ten years or more.)These ones are very lucky (200).
223डबल फॉरेनर्स ने भी नम्बर जीत लिया है . double foreigners nē bhī number jīt liyā hai . double foreigner nē[postp.] bhī[p.] number jītnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] . double foreigner ∅ too number x[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] .
315Double foreigners have also claimed a number.
224बापदादा को खुशी है कि डबल फॉरेनर्स पीछे नहीं रहे हैं , नम्बर सबमें अच्छा ले रहे हैं . bāpdādā kō khuśhī hai ki double foreigners pīchhē nahī̃ rahē haĩ , number sabmē̃ achchhā lē rahē haĩ . bāpdādā kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] double foreigner pīchhē nahī̃[neg] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , number sabmē̃ achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada to happiness be[pres.sg.23] that double foreigner x not remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , number x achcha take[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
316BapDada is happy that double foreigners are not left behind. 317You are claiming a very good number in everything.
225यह दिखाता है कि जैसे अभी थोड़े समय में मेकप कर रहे हैं , ऐसे ही लास्ट में भी तीव्र पुरूषार्थ द्वारा नम्बर अच्छे ते अच्छे ले लेंगे . yah dikhātā hai ki jaisē abhī thōṛē samay mē̃ make up kar rahē haĩ , aisē hī last mē̃ bhī tīvr purūṣhārth dvārā number achchhē tē achchhē lē lē̃gē . yah[pn.sg.d.] dikhānā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] make up karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] last mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth dvārā number achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] . this x[pres.sg.m.23] that like now short time in make up do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , such only last in too intense effort through number achcha from achcha take[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] .
318You show that you are catching up in a short time. 319Therefore, at the end, through intense effort, you will claim the best result of all. 320You have such faith, do you not?
226ऐसे निश्चय है ना ! aisē niśhchay hai nā ! aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! such faith be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
321Do you have this faith?
227निश्चय है ? niśhchay hai ? niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? faith be[pres.sg.23] ? 228108 की माला में आना है ना ? 108 kī|key mālā mē̃ ānā hai nā ? 108 kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mālā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā ? 108 (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) garland in come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ ?
322You are going to be in the rosary of 108, are you not?
229अच्छा - 108 की माला डबल फॉरेनर्स की होगी और इन्डिया वालों की ? achchhā - 108 kī|key mālā double foreigners kī|key hōgī aur India vālō̃ kī|key ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - 108 kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mālā[n.f.;sg.] double foreigner kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] aur India vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key ? achcha - 108 (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) garland double foreigner (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) be[fut.f.sg.23] and India those who (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) ?
323Achcha. 324If the rosary of 108 is just of the double foreigners, then what about those from India?
230आपकी तो होगी ना . āpkī tō hōgī nā . āp[pn.pl.kī] tō hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] nā . you[.kī] then be[fut.f.sg.23] ∅ .
325It should at least be their rosary.
231बापदादा ने छुट्टी दी है जितने भी 108 में आने चाहें , चाहे भारत वाले , चाहे विदेश वाले दोनों को छुट्टी है , बापदादा माला बढ़ा लेंगे , लेकिन आपको अवश्य डालेंगे , रहने नहीं देंगे . bāpdādā nē chhuṭṭī dī hai jitnē bhī 108 mē̃ ānē chāhē̃ , chāhē bhārat vālē , chāhē vidēśh vālē dōnō̃ kō chhuṭṭī hai , bāpdādā mālā baṛhā lē̃gē , lēkin āpkō avaśhya ḍālē̃gē , rahnē nahī̃ dēgē . bāpdādā nē[postp.] chhuṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] 108 mē̃[postp.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dōnō̃ kō[postp.] chhuṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāpdādā mālā[n.f.;sg.] baṛhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] , lēkin āp[pn.pl.kō] avaśhya ḍālnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ permission give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] the more too 108 in (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) x[opt.pl.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) Bharat those who , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) abroad those who x to permission be[pres.sg.23] , BapDada garland increase[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] , but you[.kō] x create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] not give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
326BapDada has given full freedom to whoever wants to come into the rosary of 108. Whether from Bharat or abroad, both have full freedom. 327BapDada will increase the size of the rosary. 328However, you will definitely be part of that, you will not be left out.
232समझा . samjhā . samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] . (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) .
329Do you understand?
233ट्रांसलेशन हो रही है . translation hō rahī hai . translation hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . translation be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
330Translation is taking place.
234अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
331It is good.
235ट्रांसलेशन करने वाले को भी मुबारक . translation karnē vālē kō bhī mubārak . translation karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] . translation do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to too congratulations .
332Congratulations to those who are translating.
236बापदादा तो इन्हों को ( सामने बैठे हुए मधुबन वालों को ) भी मुबारक देते हैं , जो आगे आगे काम के लिए बैठे हैं , कैबिन में भी बैठे हैं , तपस्या अच्छी करते हैं . bāpdādā tō inhō̃ kō ( sāmnē baiṭhē huē madhuban vālō̃ kō ) bhī mubārak dētē haĩ , jō āgē āgē kām kē liē baiṭhē haĩ , cabin mē̃ bhī baiṭhē haĩ , tapasyā achchhī kartē haĩ . bāpdādā tō yah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] ( sāmnē baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ) bhī[p.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , jō[pn.;d.] āgē āgē kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , cabin mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , tapasyā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada then this to ( x (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] Madhuban those who to ) too congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that previously previously (lust|task) for sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , cabin in too sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , tapasya achcha do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
333BapDada congratulates all of those who are sitting at the front to do their work and also those who are sitting in the cabins. 334They are doing very good tapasya. 335They will claim very good marks in one thing.
237एक बात में तो मार्क्स ले लेंगे , दिल से सेवा में तो मार्क्स ले लेंगे . ēk bāt mē̃ tō marks lē lē̃gē , dil sē sēvā mē̃ tō marks lē lē̃gē . ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] tō mark lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] tō mark lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] . one matter in then mark take[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] , heart from service in then mark take[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] .
336They will claim marks for serving from their heart. 337This is also good. 338They will receive extra marks in this account.
238यह भी अच्छा है , इस खाते में आपको एक्स्ट्रा मार्क्स मिलेंगी . yah bhī achchhā hai , is khātē mē̃ āpkō extra marks milē̃gī . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.o.] khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kō] extra mark milnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . this too achcha be[pres.sg.23] , this (account|eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]) in you[.kō] extra mark receive[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
339Do everything from your heart. 340Do not become tired of doing it but still carry on doing it.
239दिल से करना . dil sē karnā . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . heart from do[inf.m.sg.d.] . 240तंग होके नहीं करना , अरे क्या करें - यह तो तंग करके रखा है , ऐसे नहीं . taṅg hōkē nahī̃ karnā , arē kyā karē̃ - yah tō taṅg karkē rakhā hai , aisē nahī̃ . taṅg[adj.] hōnā[abs.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , arē kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] - yah[pn.sg.d.] tō taṅg[adj.] karnā[abs.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , aisē nahī̃[x] . x be[abs.] not do[inf.m.sg.d.] , Oh! what do[opt.pl.12hon3] - this then x do[abs.] keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , it isn't that .
341It should not be that you have been placed there even though you are tired of doing it. 342It should not be like that!
241कितना भी तंग करें लेकिन आप हर्षित रहना . kitnā bhī taṅg karē̃ lēkin āp harṣhit rahnā . kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] taṅg[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] harṣhit[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . so too x do[opt.pl.12hon3] but you cheerful remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
343No matter how much others upset you, you must remain cheerful with a lot of love.
242प्यार से कहो आओ बहिनें , आओ भाई , क्या चाहिए … ठीक है ना ! pyār sē kahō āō bahinē̃ , āō bhāī , kyā chāhiē … ṭhīk hai nā ! pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] , kyā chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] … ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! love from say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x , come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) , what (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) … OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
344“Come brother, come sister, what do you want? 345Are you O.K.?” 346Do not say “Not now!”
243या नहीं-नहीं , अभी नहीं . yā nahī̃-nahī̃ , abhī nahī̃ . yā nahī̃[neg] , ab[adv.hī] nahī̃[neg] . or not , now not .
347It doesn’t matter if you don’t give them anything.
244भले चीज़ नहीं दो , चीज़ देने की नहीं है , नहीं दे सकते हैं कोई हर्जा नहीं , लेकिन मीठे बोल तो दे सकते हो ना . bhalē chīz nahī̃ dō , chīz dēnē kī|key nahī̃ hai , nahī̃ dē saktē haĩ kōī harjā nahī̃ , lēkin mīṭhē bōl tō dē saktē hō nā . bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] , chīz[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] kōī[pn.;d.] harzā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , lēkin mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō dēnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] nā . benefit thing not (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) , thing give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) not be[pres.sg.23] , not give[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] some x not , but sweet (speak[root]|x) then give[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ∅ .
348If you don’t want to give them something, or if you are unable to give it, then it doesn’t matter, but at least, you can speak sweetly. 349Sweet words give the experience of receiving half of what they want.
245मीठे बोल भी आधी चीज़ मिलने का अनुभव करा देते हैं . mīṭhē bōl bhī ādhī chīz milnē kā anubhav karā dētē haĩ . mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ādhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . sweet (speak[root]|x) too half thing receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] of experience make commit[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
350Do not say, “Don’t come now, go away!”. 351It should not be like that.
246अभी नहीं , अभी नहीं जाओ , जाओ … ऐसे नहीं . abhī nahī̃ , abhī nahī̃ jāō , jāō … aisē nahī̃ . ab[adv.hī] nahī̃[neg] , ab[adv.hī] nahī̃[neg] jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] … aisē nahī̃[x] . now not , now not go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] … it isn't that . 247हाँ जी . hā̃ jī . hā̃ jī[x] . yes .
352Instead say, "Ha ji; I’ll see about that; I will give it to you.”
248करेंगे , देखेंगे , देंगे . karē̃gē , dēkhē̃gē , dēgē . karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
353At least win their heart.
249दिल तो ले लो , चीज़ तो भले नहीं दो और सन्तुष्ट करने का लक्ष्य होगा तो चीज़ भी आ जाती है . dil tō lē lō , chīz tō bhalē nahī̃ dō aur santuṣhṭ karnē kā lakṣhya hōgā tō chīz bhī ā jātī hai . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] , chīz[n.f.;sg.] tō bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] aur santuṣhṭ[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō chīz[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . heart then take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] , thing then benefit not (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) and content do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of aim be[fut.m.sg.23] then thing too come[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
354It doesn’t matter whether you give them what they want or not. 355However, if you have the aim of making everyone content, then whatever they wanted would also appear.
250बापदादा ने देखा है अगर कोई भी स्टॉक वाले की दिल है कि मुझे यह करना ही है , पता नहीं कहाँ से चीजें ले आते हैं , कहाँ से स्टॉक भर जाता है . bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai agar kōī bhī stock vālē kī|key dil hai ki mujhē yah karnā hī hai , patā nahī̃ kahā̃ sē chījē̃ lē ātē haĩ , kahā̃ sē stock bhar jātā hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] agar kōī bhī[x] stock vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kō] yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kahā̃ sē[postp.] chīz[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+ānā] , kahā̃ sē[postp.] stock bharnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] if anyone stock those who (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) heart be[pres.sg.23] that I[.kō] this do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , knowledge not where from thing take[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+ānā] , where from stock fill[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
356BapDada has seen that if someone who keeps the stock wants to do something, then you are not even aware of where the things come from, or how the stock is filled.
251सिर्फ दिल हो . sirph dil hō . sirph[adj.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . only heart (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
357You must just have the desire.
252मधुबन वाले हैं बहुत होशियार . madhuban vālē haĩ bahut hōśhiyār . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] bahut hōśhiyār[adj.] . Madhuban those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] very clever .
358Those from Madhuban are very clever.
253चीज़ लाने में भी होशियार हैं . chīz lānē mē̃ bhī hōśhiyār haĩ . chīz[n.f.;sg.] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . thing x[inf.m.pl.,o.] in too clever be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
359People are clever in bringing things also.
254होशियार तो हैं , तभी तो ड्युटी मिली है ना . hōśhiyār tō haĩ , tabhī tō duty milī hai nā . hōśhiyār[adj.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , tabhī tō duty milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā . clever then be[pres.pl.12hon3] , x then duty receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ .
360All are clever! 361This is why you have been given this duty.
255अगर ड्रामा ने निमित्त बनाया है तो कोई न कोई विशेषता तो है जिस विशेषता ने मधुबन में निमित्त बनाया है . agar drama nē nimitt banāyā hai tō kōī na kōī viśhēṣhtā tō hai jis viśhēṣhtā nē madhuban mē̃ nimitt banāyā hai . agar drama nē[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō kōī na kōī[x] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.sg.o.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . if drama ∅ instrument create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then one .. or another speciality then be[pres.sg.23] that speciality ∅ Madhuban in instrument create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
362If drama has made you an instrument, you definitely have one or another speciality which has enabled you to become the instrument for that.
256सिर्फ उस विशेषता को समय प्रति समय थोड़ा सा शान्त भाव , प्रेम भाव से निमित्त बनो . sirph us viśhēṣhtā kō samay prati samay thōṛā sā śhānt bhāv , prēm bhāv sē nimitt banō . sirph[adj.] vah[pn.sg.o.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prati samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhānt[adj.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] , prēm bhāv[x] sē[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . only that speciality to time for time short x silent consciousness , love from instrument become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 257बाकी अथक तो हैं . bākī athak tō haĩ . bākī|bākī athak[adj.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (others|but) x then be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
363Simply become the instrument with that speciality with a little bit of love and peace.
258मधुबन जैसे अथक और कहाँ भी नहीं हैं . madhuban jaisē athak aur kahā̃ bhī nahī̃ haĩ . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] athak[adj.] aur kahā̃ bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Madhuban like x and where too not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
364No one is as tireless as those from Madhuban.
259अथक भव का वरदान तो मधुबन को है . athak bhav kā vardān tō madhuban kō hai . athak[adj.] bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhav kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x (x|may you be) of blessing then Madhuban to be[pres.sg.23] .
365Madhuban niwasis have the blessing of being tireless.
260अभी इस वर्ष मधुबन क्या करेगा ? abhī is varṣh madhuban kyā karēgā ? ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā karnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? now this year Madhuban what do[fut.m.sg.23] ?
366What will Madhuban do this year?
261अभी मुक्त वर्ष में नम्बरवन मधुबन निवासी . abhī mukt varṣh mē̃ number one madhuban nivāsī . ab[adv.hī] mukt[adj.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] number one madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] . now free year in number one Madhuban resident .
367Now, Madhuban niwasis will claim number one in the year of liberation.
262ठीक है ? ṭhīk hai ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
368Is this O.K.?
263हो सकता है या मुश्किल है ? hō saktā hai yā muśhkil hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] yā muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] or difficult be[pres.sg.23] ?
369Is it possible or is it difficult?
264 ( हाँ जी ) फिर तो बापदादा मधुबन वालों को भी गोल्डन बैज देगा . ( hā̃ jī ) phir tō bāpdādā madhuban vālō̃ kō bhī golden badge dēgā . ( hā̃ jī[x] ) phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] tō bāpdādā madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] golden badge dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] . ( yes ) (then|turn[root]) then BapDada Madhuban those who to too golden badge give[fut.m.sg.23] .
370(Ha ji). 371Then BapDada would give those from Madhuban a golden badge.
265मधुबन वालों को बैज देना है और सभी को दिया है मधुबन वालों को मुक्त वर्ष की प्राइज़ देंगे . madhuban vālō̃ kō badge dēnā hai aur sabhī kō diyā hai madhuban vālō̃ kō mukt varṣh kī|key prize dēgē . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] badge dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] aur sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] mukt[adj.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key prize dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . Madhuban those who to badge give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] and all to give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] Madhuban those who to free year (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) prize give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
372Everyone else has received a badge, but those from Madhuban have to receive it yet. 373Madhuban niwasis will receive a prize for the year of liberation.
266अच्छा बैज देंगे आपको . achchhā badge dēgē āpkō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] badge dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] āp[pn.pl.kō] . achcha badge give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] you[.kō] .
374Achcha, you will be given a badge.
267अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
375It is good.
268 ( राजस्थान ने सेवा सम्भाली है ) - राजस्थान ने इतनी भीड़ को सम्भाल लिया ना . ( rājasthān nē sēvā sambhālī hai ) - rājasthān nē itnī bhīṛ kō sambhāl liyā nā . ( rājasthān nē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sambhālnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ) - rājasthān nē[postp.] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhīṛ[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] sambhālnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] nā . ( x ∅ service be careful[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ) - x ∅ such x to be careful[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] ∅ .
376Achcha. 377(This time Rajasthan looked after the mela.)Rajasthan has looked after such a huge group!
269देखो बापदादा को कहना नहीं चाहिए , लेकिन इशारा दे रहे हैं सभी इतने आये , बहुत-बहुत मुबारक हो , भले आये . dēkhō bāpdādā kō kahnā nahī̃ chāhiē , lēkin iśhārā dē rahē haĩ sabhī itnē āyē , bahut-bahut mubārak hō , bhalē āyē . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāpdādā kō[postp.] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] , lēkin iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] sab[adv.hī] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] , bahut mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] BapDada to say[inf.m.sg.d.] not (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) , but signal give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] all such (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) , very congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , benefit (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) .
378Look, BapDada should not say this, but He will give you a signal. 379So many have come and congratulations for coming. 380You are welcome.
270सिर्फ एक बात बापदादा कहे , सुनने के लिए तैयार हो ? sirph ēk bāt bāpdādā kahē , sunnē kē liē taiyār hō ? sirph[adj.] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] bāpdādā kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] , sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? only one matter BapDada (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) , listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] for x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
381However, BapDada would just like to say one thing. 382Are you ready to hear it?
271खास टीचर्स सुनने के लिए तैयार हैं ? khās teachers sunnē kē liē taiyār haĩ ? khās teacher sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? x teacher listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] for x be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
383Specially the teachers; are you ready to hear this?
272अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
384Achcha, you may come.
273भले आये , पदमगुणा वेलकम , परन्तु … इतला देना यह टीचर्स का फ़र्ज है . bhalē āyē , padamguṇā welcome , parantu … italā dēnā yah teachers kā farj hai . bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] , padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] welcome , parantu[conj.] … italā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] teacher kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] farj[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . benefit (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) , multimillion-fold welcome , however … x give[inf.m.sg.d.] this teacher of duty be[pres.sg.23] .
385Multimillion times welcome! 386However, to let Madhuban know is the duty of you teachers.
274अचानक आ गये , बापदादा को तो खुशी है , बापदादा तो वतन में रहते हैं , लेकिन आप लोग तो साकार में रहते हो ना , तो देखो आप लोगों को ही धूप में टेन्ट में सोना पड़ा , चाहे बच्चों को खुशी है , कोई बुरा नहीं मानते हैं लेकिन टीचर्स का फ़र्ज है संख्या पहले से सुनाना . achānak ā gayē , bāpdādā kō tō khuśhī hai , bāpdādā tō vatan mē̃ rahtē haĩ , lēkin āp lōg tō sākār mē̃ rahtē hō nā , tō dēkhō āp lōgō̃ kō hī dhūp mē̃ tent mē̃ sōnā paṛā , chāhē bachchō̃ kō khuśhī hai , kōī burā nahī̃ māntē haĩ lēkin teachers kā farj hai saṅkhyā pahlē sē sunānā . achānak ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , bāpdādā kō[postp.] tō khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāpdādā tō vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , lēkin āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sākār, sākārī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā , tō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] hī[p.] dhūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tent mē̃[postp.] sōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..oblig2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] burā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] mānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin teacher kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] farj[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] pahlē sē[x] sunānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . suddenly come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , BapDada to then happiness be[pres.sg.23] , BapDada then world in remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , but you people then sakar in remain[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ , then see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] you people to only sunshine in x in sleep[past-part.m.sg.d..oblig2] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) child to happiness be[pres.sg.23] , some bad not x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but teacher of duty be[pres.sg.23] x beforehand speak[inf.m.sg.d.] .
387Although BapDada is pleased that you suddenly came, He lives in the subtle region, whereas all of you live in the corporeal world. 388So all of you had to live in tents under the hot sun. 389You children may be happy and none of you minded this, but it is the duty of you teachers to let Madhuban know how many of you are coming.
275इतनी तकलीफ जो थोड़ी बहुत हुई है , वह नहीं होती . itnī taklīph jō thōṛī bahut huī hai , vah nahī̃ hōtī . itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] taklīph[n.f.;sg.] jō[pn.;d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bahut hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.f.] . such difficulty that short very be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , that not be[pres-part.f.] .
390Then the little difficulty that took place would not have happened.
276जो हुआ वह बहुत अच्छा हुआ , यह शान्तिवन का हाल तो भर गया ना . jō huā vah bahut achchhā huā , yah śhāntivan kā hall|hāl tō bhar gayā nā . jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] śhāntivan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bharnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā . that be[past-part.m.sg.d.] that very achcha be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , this Shantivan of (hall|x) then fill[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ .
391Whatever happened was very good. 392At least the hall of Shantivan was filled.
277यह तो अच्छा हुआ . yah tō achchhā huā . yah[pn.sg.d.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . this then achcha be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
393That was good.
278सिर्फ इतला करने से आप लोगों का बहुत-बहुत अच्छा प्रबन्ध होता . sirph italā karnē sē āp lōgō̃ kā bahut-bahut achchhā prabandh hōtā . sirph[adj.] italā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . only x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] from you people of very achcha arrangement be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
394Simply by letting Madhuban know, all of you would have been given very good facilities.
279आगे के लिए आप आयेंगे , आपका स्वागत है , बापदादा ने यह भी सीन देखी कि कितने लोग धूप में स्थान मिलने के पहले बैठे हैं , बापदादा को अच्छा नहीं लगता . āgē kē liē āp āyēṅgē , āpkā svāgat hai , bāpdādā nē yah bhī scene dēkhī ki kitnē lōg dhūp mē̃ sthān milnē kē|K pahlē baiṭhē haĩ , bāpdādā kō achchhā nahī̃ lagtā . āgē kē liē[x] āp[pn.pl.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , āp[pn.pl.kā] svāgat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāpdādā nē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] scene dēkhnā[past-part.f.] ki[conj.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] dhūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , bāpdādā kō[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . previously for you come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , you[.kā] x be[pres.sg.23] , BapDada ∅ this too scene see[past-part.f.] that so people sunshine in place receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) (x|firstly) sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , BapDada to achcha not x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
395In future, when you come, you will be welcomed. 396BapDada also saw that so many were sitting under the sun just in order to get a good place. 397BapDada does not like this.
280पहले से पता होने से आपकी रिजर्वेशन बुक हो जाती , फिर आपको ऐसे बैठना नहीं पड़ता . pahlē sē patā hōnē sē āpkī reservation book hō jātī , phir āpkō aisē baiṭhnā nahī̃ paṛtā . pahlē sē[x] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kī] reservation book hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānā[pres-part.f.] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] āp[pn.pl.kō] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baiṭhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . beforehand knowledge be[inf.m.pl.,o.] from you[.kī] reservation x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) go[pres-part.f.] , (then|turn[root]) you[.kō] such sit[inf.m.sg.d.] not fall[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
398When we know in advance, we can book your reservations, and you would then not have to sit like that.
281इसलिए जो थोड़ी बहुत तकलीफ हुई , उसका कारण इतला नहीं हुआ . isliē jō thōṛī bahut taklīph huī , uskā kāraṇ italā nahī̃ huā . isliē jō[pn.;d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bahut taklīph[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past-part.f.] , vah[pn.sg.kā] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] italā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . therefore that short very difficulty be[past-part.f.] , that[.kā] because x not be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
399Therefore, the little difficulty you had to face was because you didn't let them know in advance.
282इसलिए आगे आराम से आना , आओ भले आओ , लेकिन आराम से आना . isliē āgē ārām sē ānā , āō bhalē āō , lēkin ārām sē ānā . isliē āgē ārām[x] sē[postp.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , lēkin ārām[x] sē[postp.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . therefore previously comfort from (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) , come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] benefit come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , but comfort from (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) .
400Therefore, in future, come comfortably! 401You may come, but come comfortably.
283सुना टीचर्स ने . sunā teachers nē . sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] teacher nē[postp.] . (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) teacher ∅ .
402Did the teachers hear this?
284आगे से ऐसे नहीं करना . āgē sē aisē nahī̃ karnā . āgē sē[postp.] aisē nahī̃[x] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . previously from it isn't that do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
403In future, don't do this!
285पंखे तो ठीक मिले हैं ना . paṅkhē tō ṭhīk milē haĩ nā . paṅkhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tō ṭhīk[adj.] milnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā . fan then OK receive[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .
404You have received very good fans.
286पीछे वाले पंखे हिलाओ . pīchhē vālē paṅkhē hilāō . pīchhē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] paṅkhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x those who fan make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
405Those sitting at the back, wave your fans.
287 ( 15 हजार पंखे सबके हाथों में हैं ) बाहर बैठने वालों को पहले से ही बापदादा नम्बरवन यादप्यार दे रहे हैं और मधुबन वाले जो त्याग कर खास सिक्युरिटी पर सेवा प्रति बैठे हैं , उन्हों को विशेष लाख गुणा मुबारक हो . ( 15 hajār paṅkhē sabkē hāthō̃ mē̃ haĩ ) bāhar baiṭhnē vālō̃ kō pahlē sē hī bāpdādā number one yādpyār dē rahē haĩ aur madhuban vālē jō tyāg kar khās security par sēvā prati baiṭhē haĩ , unhō̃ kō viśhēṣh lākh guṇā mubārak hō . ( 15 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṅkhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ) bāhar baiṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] pahlē sē[x] hī[p.] bāpdādā number one yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] tyāgnā[root]|tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root] khās security par[postp.]|par[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] prati baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] lākh[x] guṇā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . ( 15 1000 fan everyone's hand in be[pres.pl.12hon3] ) outside sit[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to beforehand only BapDada number one love, remembrance give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and Madhuban those who that (renounce[root]|renunciation) do[root] x security (at|other) service for sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , that to special 100,000 fold congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
406(15,000 fans.) 407BapDada is giving the foremost love and remembrance to all of those who had been sitting outside. 408And special hundredthousandfold congratulations to those from Madhuban who have renounced their meeting and stayed on security duty.
288सम्भाल रहे हैं ना ! sambhāl rahē haĩ nā ! sambhālnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] nā ! be careful[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ∅ !
409They are looking after everything.
289और आज जो देश विदेश में दूर बैठे समीप का अनुभव कर रहे हैं , उन सभी देश वालों को बापदादा खास-खास-खास यादप्यार दे रहे हैं . aur āj jō dēśh vidēśh mē̃ dūr baiṭhē samīp kā anubhav kar rahē haĩ , un sabhī dēśh vālō̃ kō bāpdādā khās-khās-khās yādpyār dē rahē haĩ . aur āj jō[pn.;d.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dūr[adj.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] samīp[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.o.] sab[adv.hī] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā x yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . and today that land abroad in distant (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) close of experience do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , that all land those who to BapDada x love, remembrance give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
410And to all those from this land and abroad who are sitting far and experiencing themselves to be very close, BapDada is giving very, very, very special love and remembrance.
290अच्छा साधन है . achchhā sādhan hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha facilities be[pres.sg.23] .
411That is a very good method.
291अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
412Achcha.
292राजस्थान , कानपुर किदवई नगर वाले , इन्दौर वाले जिन्होंने भी मदद की है उठो . rājasthān , kānpur kidavaī nagar vālē , Indore vālē jinhōnnē bhī madad kī hai uṭhō . rājasthān , kānpur[n.m.;sg.,d.] x nagar[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , Indore vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.pl.nē] bhī[p.] madad[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x , x x x those who , Indore those who that[.nē] too x do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 293अच्छा है देखो डबल पुण्य मिल गया . achchhā hai dēkhō double puṇya mil gayā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] double puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] double charity receive[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
413All those from Rajasthan, Kanpur, Khedvai Nagar and Indore who have helped, stand up.It is good that you have accumulated double charity.
294वर्तमान सेवा की दुआयें मिली और भविष्य सेवा की प्रालब्ध जमा हुई . vartamān sēvā kī|key duāyē̃ milī aur bhaviṣhya sēvā kī|key prālabdh jamā huī . vartamān[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[past-part.f.] aur bhaviṣhya[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[past-part.f.] . present service (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) blessing receive[past-part.f.] and future service (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) reward (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) be[past-part.f.] .
414You received blessings for the service you carried out at present, and you also accumulated your future reward.
295तो राजस्थान या जो भी मददगार बने , उन सभी को बाप्दादा दिल से सदा सेवा में तख्त पर रह दुआयें लेते रहो , दुआयें देते रहो ऐसे अमर रहो , अच्छा पार्ट बजाया , उसके लिए सभी खुशी से आपको धन्यवाद दे रहे हैं . tō rājasthān yā jō bhī madadgār banē , un sabhī kō bāpdādā dil sē sadā sēvā mē̃ takht par rah duāyē̃ lētē rahō , duāyē̃ dētē rahō aisē amar rahō , achchhā part bajāyā , uskē liē sabhī khuśhī sē āpkō dhanyavād dē rahē haĩ . tō rājasthān yā jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] madadgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] , vah[pn.pl.o.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] x dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sadā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] rahnā[root] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] , duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] amar[adj.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , uskā[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē sab[adv.hī] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kō] dhanyavād[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then x or that too helper (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) , that all to x heart from constantly service in throne (at|other) remain[root] blessing take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] , blessing give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] such immortal remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , achcha play one's part , of that[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) all happiness from you[.kō] dhanyavad give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
415So, to those from Rajasthan and all those who helped, BapDada is giving thanks from His heart for constantly being seated on the throne of service. 416Therefore, continue to claim blessings and give blessings. 417In this way, remain immortal! 418You played a very good part and for this, everyone thanks you with great happiness.
296डबल विदेशियों की सीजन अच्छी रही ? double vidēśhiyō̃ kī|key season achchhī rahī ? double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key season achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rahnā[past-part.f.] ? double foreigner (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) season achcha remain[past-part.f.] ?
419Was the season of the double foreigners good?
297सभी डबल विदेशी इस सीजन में विशेष जमा का खाता बढ़ा के जा रहे हैं ! sabhī double vidēśhī is season mē̃ viśhēṣh jamā kā khātā baṛhā kē|K jā rahē haĩ ! sab[adv.hī] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] season mē̃[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] jamā kā khātā[x] baṛhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|baṛhānā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ! all double foreigner this season in special saving account (grow[past-part.m.sg.d.]|increase[root]) (of|K) go[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] !
420All you double foreigners are going back with a full account of accumulation, are you not?
298ऐसे है ? aisē hai ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? such be[pres.sg.23] ?
421Is it like that?
299जमा किया है ? jamā kiyā hai ? jamā karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? accumulate ?
422Have you accumulated?
300बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .
423You may wave your fans.
301अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
424Very good! 425Achcha.
302अभी अगर आप सभी को अचानक डायरेक्शन मिले कि अभी-अभी अशरीरी बन जाओ तो बन सकते हो कि हलचल होगी ? abhī agar āp sabhī kō achānak direction milē ki abhī-abhī aśharīrī ban jāō tō ban saktē hō ki halchal hōgī ? ab[adv.hī] agar āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] achānak direction milnā[opt.sg.23]|milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] aśharīrī[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] tō bannā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ki[conj.] halchal[x] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] ? now if you all to suddenly direction (receive[opt.sg.23]|receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that now bodiless become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] then become[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] that upheaval be[fut.f.sg.23] ?
426If all of you were to suddenly receive a direction to become bodiless at this moment, would you be able to become this? 427Or would there be some upheaval?
303क्यों ? kyō̃ ? kyō̃ ? why ?
428Why?
304लास्ट समय का यही अभ्यास पास विद आनर बनायेगा . last samay kā yahī abhyās pass with honour banāyēgā . last samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yahī[pn.;d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] pass with honour[x] banānā[fut.m.sg.23] . last time of this practice pass with honours create[fut.m.sg.23] .
429At the end, it is this practice that will make you pass with honour.
305तो अभी बापदादा भी कहते हैं एक सेकण्ड में सब बातों को किनारे कर अशरीरी भव . tō abhī bāpdādā bhī kahtē haĩ ēk second mē̃ sab bātō̃ kō kinārē kar aśharīrī bhav . tō ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā bhī[p.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] sab[adj.] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kinārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[root] aśharīrī[adj.] bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhav . then now BapDada too say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] one second in all matter to x do[root] bodiless (x|may you be) .
430So, now, BapDada is saying that you have to step away from everything and become bodiless in one second.
306 ( ड्रिल ) अच्छा . ( drill ) achchhā . ( drill ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . ( drill ) achcha .
431(Baba conducted drill).
307चारों ओर के अति श्रेष्ठ भाग्यवान , परमात्म पालना के अधिकारी आत्मायें , परमात्म पढ़ाई के अधिकारी , परमात्मा सतगुरू के वरदानों के अधिकारी , सदा दृढ़ता द्वारा सफलता के अधिकारी , सदा अखण्ड योगी , अचल योगी , सदा विश्व सकाश देने के लिए अविनाशी सुख , शान्ति व सच्चे प्यार का स्टाक जमा हो . chārō̃ ōr kē|K ati śhrēṣhṭh bhāgyavān , paramātma pālnā kē|K adhikārī ātmāyē̃ , paramātma paṛhāī kē|K adhikārī , paramātmā satgurū kē|K vardānō̃ kē|K adhikārī , sadā dr̥iṛhtā dvārā saphaltā kē|K adhikārī , sadā akhaṇḍ yōgī , achal yōgī , sadā viśhva sakāśh dēnē kē liē avināśhī sukh , śhānti va sachchē pyār kā stock jamā hō . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ati śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgyavān[x] , paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|paṛhānā[past-part.f.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] satgurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vardān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sadā dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] dvārā saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sadā akhaṇḍ[adj.] yōgī[x] , achal yōgī[x] , sadā viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] avināśhī[adj.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , śhānti va sachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] stock jamnā[x] . everywhere (of|K) x elevated fortunate , Supreme Soul (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) (of|K) (one) who has a right soul , Supreme Soul (study|teach[past-part.f.]) (of|K) (one) who has a right , Supreme Soul Satguru (of|K) blessing (of|K) (one) who has a right , constantly determination through success (of|K) (one) who has a right , constantly constant yogi , unshakeable yogi , constantly world sakaash give[inf.m.pl.,o.] for imperishable happiness , peace x true love of stock x[x] . 308परिवर्तन की जिम्मेवारी के ताजधारी , सदा सर्व प्राप्तियों को इमर्ज रूप में अनुभव करने वाले ऐसे विशेष आत्माओं को बापदादा का यादप्यार और नमस्ते . parivartan kī|key jimmēvārī kē|K tājdhārī , sadā sarv prāptiyō̃ kō emerge rūp mē̃ anubhav karnē vālē aisē viśhēṣh ātmāō̃ kō bāpdādā kā yādpyār aur namastē . parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tājdhārī[adj.] , sadā sarv[adj.] prāpti[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] emerge rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur namastē . transformation (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) responsibility (of|K) crowned , constantly all attainment to emerge Rup in experience do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who such special soul to BapDada of love, remembrance and x .
432Achcha. 433To the extremely fortunate souls who have the right to receive sustenance from God; to those who have the right to the teachings of God; to those who have the right to blessings from God, the Satguru; to those who constantly claim success through determination; to those who are constant and unshakeable yogis; to those who have the crown of responsibility for world transformation; to those who constantly experience all attainments in an emerged form; to such special souls, BapDada’s love, remembrance and namaste. 434BapDada meeting Dadiji:You have become an example of being a master of matter.
309 ( आज बापदादा को दादी जी ने पूरे डायमण्ड हाल में चक्र लगवाया , बापदादा ने सभी भाई बहिनों को दृष्टि दी - सभा में करीब 20-21 हजार भाई बहिनें हाल के अन्दर-बाहर उपस्थित थे ) ( āj bāpdādā kō dādī jī nē pūrē diamond hall|hāl mē̃ chakra lagavāyā , bāpdādā nē sabhī bhāī bahinō̃ kō dr̥iṣhṭi dī|the - sabhā mē̃ karīb 20-21 hajār bhāī bahinē̃ hall|hāl kē|K andar-bāhar upasthit thē ) ( āj bāpdādā kō[postp.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jīnā[root]|jī[x]|jīnā[past-part.f.] nē[postp.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] diamond hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] x , bāpdādā nē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the - sabhā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] karīb 20-21 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hall|hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K andar-bāhar upasthit[adj.] hōnā[past.pl] ) ( today BapDada to Dadi (live[root]|ji|live[past-part.f.]) ∅ full diamond (hall|x) in (cycle|x) x , BapDada ∅ all (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x to drishti (give[past-part.f.]|the) - court in nearly 20-21 1000 (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x (hall|x) (of|K) internally and externally x be[past.pl] )
435(Dadiji took BapDada around the entire Diamond Hall and BapDada gave all the 18 to 19 thousand souls present drishti from close up). 436BapDada meeting all Dadis:Has the season now ended completely free from obstacles?
310दादियों से : सीजन की समाप्ति निर्विघ्न हुई ? dādiyō̃ sē : season kī|key samāpti nirvighna huī ? dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : season kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key samāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nirvighna[adj.] hōnā[past-part.f.] ? Dadi from : season (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) completion free from obstacles be[past-part.f.] ? 311बापदादा यही वर्तमान समय देखने चाहते हैं कि जो विशेष निमित्त आत्मायें हैं , जैसे मुख का आवाज़ साइन्स के साधनों से दूर बैठे पहुंचता है , ऐसे मन का आवाज़ संकल्प यह भी ऐसे ही पहुंचे , जैसे यह साइन्स द्वारा मुख का आवाज़ पहुंचता है . bāpdādā yahī vartamān samay dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ ki jō viśhēṣh nimitt ātmāyē̃ haĩ , jaisē mukh kā āvāz science kē|K sādhanō̃ sē dūr baiṭhē pahuñchtā hai , aisē man kā āvāz saṅkalp yah bhī aisē hī pahuñchē , jaisē yah science dvārā mukh kā āvāz pahuñchtā hai . bāpdādā yahī[pn.;d.] vartamān[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] science kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sādhan[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē dūr[x] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] pahuñchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|pahuñchnā[opt.sg.23] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] science dvārā mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23] . BapDada this present time see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that that special instrument soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] , like mouth of noise science (of|K) facilities distant from (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) reach[pres.sg.m.23] , such mind of noise thought this too such only (reach[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|reach[opt.sg.23]) , like this science through mouth of noise reach[pres.sg.m.23] .
437Just as the sound from your lips travels very far through the instrument of science whilst sitting at a distance, so too, BapDada now wants the sound of the mind, the sound of the thoughts of you special instrument souls to travel just as far. 438In the beginning, many of you were awakened by being given visions or receiving signals. 439Whatever happened in the beginning has to happen at the end.
312जैसे शुरू में साक्षात्कार होते थे , इशारे मिलते थे , और उसी इशारे से कईयों को जागृति भी आई , ऐसे अभी जो आदि में हुआ वह अन्त में , पहले तो स्थापना थी तो एक ब्रह्मा बाप द्वारा साक्षात्कार हुआ , लेकिन अभी प्रैक्टिकल में शक्तियों का पार्ट है , ब्रह्मा बाप शिव बाप गुप्त है , बैकबोन है लेकिन स्टेज पर शक्तियों का पार्ट है , तो शक्तियां अनन्य भी बहुत हैं . jaisē śhurū mē̃ sākṣhātkār hōtē thē , iśhārē miltē thē , aur usī iśhārē sē kaīyō̃ kō jāgr̥iti bhī āī|eye|I , aisē abhī jō ādi mē̃ huā vah ant mē̃ , pahlē tō sthāpanā thī tō ēk brahmā bāp dvārā sākṣhātkār huā , lēkin abhī practical mē̃ śhaktiyō̃ kā part hai , brahmā bāp śhiv bāp gupta hai , backbone hai lēkin stage par śhaktiyō̃ kā part hai , tō śhaktiyā̃ ananya bhī bahut haĩ . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sākṣhātkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[hab-past.pl.m.] , iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] milnā[hab-past.pl.m.] , aur vah[pn.sg.hī] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] kaī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] jāgr̥iti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] ādi[adj.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] tō sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past.f] tō ēk[adj.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā sākṣhātkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , lēkin ab[adv.hī] practical mē̃[postp.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhiv bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] gupt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , backbone hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] ananya[adj.] bhī[p.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . like beginning in vision be[hab-past.pl.m.] , signal receive[hab-past.pl.m.] , and that[.hī] signal from some to enlightenment too (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) , such now that etc. in be[past-part.m.sg.d.] that end in , (x|firstly) then establishment be[past.f] then one Brahma father through vision be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , but now practical in Shakti of part be[pres.sg.23] , Brahma father Shiva father incognito be[pres.sg.23] , backbone be[pres.sg.23] but stage (at|other) Shakti of part be[pres.sg.23] , then Shakti especially beloved too very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
440When this establishment first began, you received visions through Brahma Baba, but this is now the time of the practical part of the Shaktis. 441Brahma Baba and Shiv Baba are incognito and are the backbone; the Shaktis now have to perform that on the stage. 442So, the Shaktis are very much the specially loved souls. 443At that time it was just Brahma Baba alone who did everything.
313वह एक ब्रह्मा बाप ने किया , अभी ऐसी मनोबल की शक्ति प्रत्यक्ष हो जैसे मुख का आवाज़ क्लीयर पहुंचता है ना . vah ēk brahmā bāp nē kiyā , abhī aisī manōbal kī|key śhakti pratyakṣha hō jaisē mukh kā āvāz clear pahuñchtā hai nā . vah[pn.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] manōbal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] pratyakṣh[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] clear pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . that one Brahma father ∅ do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , now such power of the mind (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) Shakti visible (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) like mouth of noise x reach[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ .
444Now, the power of your mind should be such that that sound reaches others just as clearly as a sound made through your lips.
314ऐसे मन का आवाज़ धीरे-धीरे पहुंचता जाए , बाप आ गया . aisē man kā āvāz dhīrē-dhīrē pahuñchtā jāē , bāp ā gayā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] dhīrē pahuñchnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . such mind of noise x reach[opt.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] , father come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
445The sound of your mind, that Baba has come, should now gradually reach others.
315सिर्फ यह आवाज़ भी पहुंच गया तो ढूढ़ने तो लगेंगे . sirph yah āvāz bhī pahuñch gayā tō ḍhūṛhanē tō lagē̃gē . sirph[adj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] pahuñchnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] tō x tō lagnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . only this noise too reach[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] then x then x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
446If they even receive just this message, at least they will start to look for Him.
316फिर आपेही पहुंचेंगे . phir āpēhī pahuñchē̃gē . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] āpēhī pahuñchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . (then|turn[root]) automatically reach[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
447Then, they will automatically come to you.
317लेकिन यह मनोबल की सेवा अभी होनी चाहिए . lēkin yah manōbal kī|key sēvā abhī hōnī chāhiē . lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] manōbal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] ab[adv.hī] hōnā[.oblig3] . but this power of the mind (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) service now be[.oblig3] .
448This service of the power of the mind has to take place now.
318यह सारे विश्व तक आवाज़ कुछ साइन्स और कुछ साइलेन्स की शक्ति द्वारा ही पहुंचेगा , जिसको मन का आवाज़ पहुंचेगा वह समझो ज्यादा समीप आयेंगे और जिसको मुख का आवाज़ पहुंचेगा , उनमें से नम्बरवार होंगे . yah sārē viśhva tak āvāz kuchh science aur kuchh silence kī|key śhakti dvārā hī pahuñchēgā , jiskō man kā āvāz pahuñchēgā vah samjhō jyādā samīp āyēṅgē aur jiskō mukh kā āvāz pahuñchēgā , unmē̃ sē number-vār hōṅgē . yah[pn.sg.d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak āvāz[n.f.;sg.] kuchh science aur kuchh[x] silence kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dvārā hī[p.] pahuñchnā[fut.m.sg.23] , jō[pn.sg.kō] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] pahuñchnā[fut.m.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samīp[adj.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur jō[pn.sg.kō] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] pahuñchnā[fut.m.sg.23] , vah[pn.pl.mē̃] sē[postp.] number-wār hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . this the whole world until noise anything science x silence (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) Shakti through only reach[fut.m.sg.23] , that[.kō] mind of noise reach[fut.m.sg.23] that understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] more close come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] and that[.kō] mouth of noise reach[fut.m.sg.23] , that[.mē̃] from numberwise be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
449The sound will reach the world, some through the power of science and some through the power of silence. 450The souls who hear the sound of the mind will come closer than those who hear the sound of the lips; they will be numberwise.
319इसलिए अभी यह साइलेन्स की विशेषता क्या है और साइलेन्स के बल से क्या-क्या कर सकते हैं , हो सकता है इस विषय पर ज्यादा अटेन्शन क्योंकि समय कम है और सेवा विश्व की हर आत्मा को सन्देश पहुंचाना है . isliē abhī yah silence kī|key viśhēṣhtā kyā hai aur silence kē|K bal sē kyā-kyā kar saktē haĩ , hō saktā hai is viṣhay par jyādā attention kyōṅki samay kam|cum hai aur sēvā viśhva kī|key har|her ātmā kō sandēśh pahuñchānā hai . isliē ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] silence kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur silence kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] yah[pn.sg.o.] viṣhay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention kyōṅki samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kam[adj.]|cum hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key harnā[root]|har|her ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] sandēśh[x] pahuñchānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . therefore now this silence (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) speciality what be[pres.sg.23] and silence (of|K) strength from what do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] this poison (at|other) more attention because time (less|x) be[pres.sg.23] and service world (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) (x[root]|x) soul to message cause to reach[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
451Therefore, there should now be more attention paid to the speciality of the power of silence; what the power of silence is, what it can achieve and what is possible, because now there is very little time and the service of enabling all souls of the world to receive the message has yet to be accomplished.
320इसलिए बापदादा ने कहा कि कुछ सुनायेंगे क्योंकि निमित्त तो आप हो वायुमण्डल में लहर फैलाने के निमित्त तो आप ही हैं . isliē bāpdādā nē kahā ki kuchh sunāyēṅgē kyōṅki nimitt tō āp hō vāyumaṇḍal mē̃ lahar phailānē kē nimitt tō āp hī haĩ . isliē bāpdādā nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] kuchh sunānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō āp[pn.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lahar[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē nimitt[x] tō āp[pn.pl.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . therefore BapDada ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] that anything speak[fut.m.pl.12hon3] because instrument then you (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) atmosphere in wave spread[inf.m.pl.,o.] x then you only be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
452This is why BapDada said that He is going to tell you something, because, after all, you are the instruments to spread the wave into the atmosphere. 453You are this, are you not?
321हैं ना ? haĩ nā ? hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā ? be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ ? 322तो ऐसी लहर फैलाओ . tō aisī lahar phailāō . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lahar[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then such wave spread[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
454So now, spread this wave.
323सभी सहयोगी बन जाओ . sabhī sahyōgī ban jāō . sab[adv.hī] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . all co-operative become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
455All of you have to cooperate.
324अभी मन का आवाज़ मुख के आवाज़ से भी ज्यादा काम कर सकता है . abhī man kā āvāz mukh kē|K āvāz sē bhī jyādā kām kar saktā hai . ab[adv.hī] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K āvāz[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . now mind of noise mouth (of|K) noise from too more (lust|task) do[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .
456The sound of the mind can achieve a lot more than any sound through lips.
325तो ऐसे ग्रुप बनाओ जो इस कार्य के रूचि वाले हों और इसकी रिहर्सल करते रहें . tō aisē group banāō jō is kārya kē|K rūchi vālē hō̃ aur iskī rehearsal kartē rahē̃ . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ruchi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] aur yah[pn.sg.kī] rehearsal karnā[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . then such group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that this task (of|K) interest those who be[opt.pl.12hon3] and this[.kī] rehearsal do[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
457So now, create a group of those who are interested in this task and who will continue to rehearse this.
326जैसे पहले शुरू में याद का अभ्यास किया , सेवा के नये-नये प्लैन्स बनाये तो उससे इतनी वृद्धि हुई है ना . jaisē pahlē śhurū mē̃ yād kā abhyās kiyā , sēvā kē|K nayē-nayē plans banāyē tō ussē itnī vr̥iddhi huī hai nā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] plan banānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō vah[pn.sg.sē] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā . like (x|firstly) beginning in remembrance of practice do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , service (of|K) new plan create[past-part.m.pl.,o.] then that[.sē] such growth be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ .
458In the beginning, you practised remembrance and created new plans for service. 459A lot of growth took place through this.
327अभी जैसे पहली रचना हुई , मुख द्वारा डायरेक्ट , फिर हुई मन्सा संकल्प द्वारा ब्रह्मा द्वारा , अभी है शक्तियों द्वारा , जो कहते हैं कि शक्तियों ने बाण चलाये . abhī jaisē pahlī rachnā huī , mukh dvārā direct , phir huī mansā saṅkalp dvārā brahmā dvārā , abhī hai śhaktiyō̃ dvārā , jō kahtē haĩ ki śhaktiyō̃ nē bāṇ chalāyē . ab[adv.hī] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rachnā[past-part.f..oblig1] , mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā direct , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] hōnā[past-part.f.] mansā saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā , ab[adv.hī] hōnā[pres.sg.23] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] dvārā , jō[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bāṇ ou vāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . now like x x[past-part.f..oblig1] , mouth through direct , (then|turn[root]) be[past-part.f.] through the mind thought through Brahma through , now be[pres.sg.23] Shakti through , that say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that Shakti ∅ x x[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
460So, the first creation was directly through the mouth, then there was the creation through Brahma through the power of thought. 461This now has to be accomplished through you Shaktis. 462This has been remembered as the arrows being shot by the Shaktis.
328तो यह बाण जो संकल्प द्वारा स्पष्ट आवाज़ पहुंच जाए , कोई बुला रहा है , कोई कुछ कह रहा है . tō yah bāṇ jō saṅkalp dvārā spaṣhṭ āvāz pahuñch jāē , kōī bulā rahā hai , kōī kuchh kah rahā hai . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] bāṇ ou vāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā spaṣhṭ[adj.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] pahuñchnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , kōī[pn.;d.] bulānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] kuchh kahnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . then this x that thought through clearly noise reach[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , some call[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , some anything say[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
463So, these arrows of your thoughts should reach souls just as clearly, as though someone were calling and telling them something.
329जैसे कोई-कोई को स्वप्न पीछे पड़ जाता है , जब तक वह काम पूरा नहीं करता तो बार-बार स्वप्न उसको जागृत करता रहता . jaisē kōī-kōī kō svapn pīchhē paṛ jātā hai , jab tak vah kām pūrā nahī̃ kartā tō bār-bār svapn uskō jāgr̥it kartā rahtā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī[pn.;d.] kō[postp.] svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] pīchhē paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , jab tak[x] vah[pn.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō bār[n.f.;sg.] svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.kō] jāgr̥it[adj.] karnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] rahnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . like some to dream x fall[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , as long as that (lust|task) full not do[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then time dream that[.kō] x do[pres-part.m.sg.d.] remain[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
464Some are constantly disturbed by their dreams until they accomplish a particular task. 465That dream keeps them awake.
330कई रिद्धि-सिद्धिवाले भी कुछ विधि से करते हैं . kaī riddhi-siddhivālē bhī kuchh vidhi sē kartē haĩ . kaī x bhī[p.] kuchh vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . some x too anything method from do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
466Those with occult powers also accomplish what they want through their powers.
331लेकिन योग की विधि द्वारा यह आवाज़ फैले . lēkin yōg kī|key vidhi dvārā yah āvāz phailē . lēkin yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā yah[pn.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|phailnā[opt.sg.23] . but yoga (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) method through this noise (spread[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|spread[opt.sg.23]) .
467However, this sound should now spread through the method of yoga.
332ऐसे सेवा के प्लैन बनाओ . aisē sēvā kē|K plan banāō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such service (of|K) plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
468Create such plans of service.
333जैसे अभी यह उत्सवों का वर्ष मनाया ना . jaisē abhī yah utsavō̃ kā varṣh manāyā nā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] utsav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā . like now this x of year celebrate[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ .
469You celebrated this year of ceremonies.
334अभी वह तो हो गया , अभी फिर ऐसी कोई लहर फैलाओ जो विहंग मार्ग की सेवा हो . abhī vah tō hō gayā , abhī phir aisī kōī lahar phailāō jō vihaṅg mārga kī|key sēvā hō . ab[adv.hī] vah[pn.sg.d.] tō hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , ab[adv.hī] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kōī[pn.;d.] lahar[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] vihaṅg mārga[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . now that then be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , now (then|turn[root]) such some wave spread[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that flying speed (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) service (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
470That has now ended. 471Now create such a wave that service can take place very fast.
335मुख की विहंग मार्ग की सेवायें तो बहुत की . mukh kī|key vihaṅg mārga kī|key sēvāyē̃ tō bahut kī|key . mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key vihaṅg mārga[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sēvā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] tō bahut kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key . mouth (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) flying speed (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) service then very (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) . 336उसकी रिजल्ट तो है ही . uskī result tō hai hī . vah[pn.sg.kī] result tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . that[.kī] result then be[pres.sg.23] only .
472You have done a lot of fast service through words and you have already received its results.
337अभी फिर कोई नवीनता . abhī phir kōī navīntā . ab[adv.hī] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] kōī[pn.;d.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] . now (then|turn[root]) some newness . 338समझा . samjhā . samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] . (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) .
473There now has to be some newness.
339देखेंगे कौन-कौन इसमें नम्बर लेता है . dēkhē̃gē kaun-kaun ismē̃ number lētā hai . dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kaun[pn.;d.] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] number lēnā[pres.sg.m.23] . see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] who this[.mē̃] number take[pres.sg.m.23] .
474Do you understand? 475Who will claim a number in this?
340अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
476Achcha.
341सभी ठीक हैं ? sabhī ṭhīk haĩ ? sab[adv.hī] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? all OK be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
477Are all of you OK?
342सभी मिलकर सेवा कर रहे हैं . sabhī milkar sēvā kar rahē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] milnā[abs.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . all receive[abs.] service do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . 343तो सेवा का पहाड़ भी पार हो जाता है . tō sēvā kā pahāṛ bhī pār hō jātā hai . tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pahāṛ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] pār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . then service of x too across be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
478All of you are united in carrying out service, and so you are able to uplift this mountain of service.
344अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
479Achcha.
345ओम् शान्ति . ōm śhānti . ōm śhānti[x] . Om Shanti .
480* * * O MS H A N T I * * *